ML15175A462: Difference between revisions
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
StriderTol (talk | contribs) (Created page by program invented by StriderTol) |
||
(5 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown) | |||
Line 2: | Line 2: | ||
| number = ML15175A462 | | number = ML15175A462 | ||
| issue date = 06/22/2015 | | issue date = 06/22/2015 | ||
| title = | | title = Initial Exam 2015-301 Draft Simulator In-plant JPMs | ||
| author name = | | author name = | ||
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II | | author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II | ||
Line 17: | Line 17: | ||
=Text= | =Text= | ||
{{#Wiki_filter:Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | {{#Wiki_filter:Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM) | ||
DRAFT ADMIN 1 - ALL | |||
==Title:== | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 1 | CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES Author: Media Number: Time: | ||
11.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) | Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 1 11.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Date: | Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date: | ||
Approved By: Date: | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 11 This page intentionally left blank | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 11 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 1 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials Modified from LR-JP-25101 for use on 2015-301 00 ARB NRC Exam. After exam will be incorporated into JPM database and renumbered. | ||
-JP-25101 for use on 2015 | |||
-301 NRC Exam. After exam will be incorporated into JPM database and renumbered. | |||
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 11 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 5 of 11 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-1 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the operator has determined the corrected RWL for the specified instrumentation per 34AB-B21-002. | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 5 of 11 | TASK NUMBER: 201.099 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 201.099.B PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES JPM NUMBER: | RO 4.57 SRO 3.83 STA 4.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.1.35 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
2015-301 ADMIN-1 | RO 3.90 SRO 4.20 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | ||
The task shall be completed when the operator has determined the corrected RWL for the specified instrumentation per 34AB-B21-002. TASK NUMBER: | GENERAL | ||
201.099 | |||
201.099.B | |||
RO 4.57 SRO 3.83 STA 4.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | |||
G2.1.35 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | |||
: | |||
RO 3.90 SRO 4.20 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | |||
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-B21-002-1 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version) (current version) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-B21-002-1 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version) (current version) | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 11.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. An event occurred resulting in a Reactor scram and then an Emergency Depressurization from high Drywell temperature. | : 1. An event occurred resulting in a Reactor scram and then an Emergency Depressurization from high Drywell temperature. | ||
: 2. The NPO has reported the following Reactor Water Levels (RWL): | : 2. The NPO has reported the following Reactor Water Levels (RWL): | ||
1B21-R606A , B and C (Narrow Range) is +8 inches | 1B21-R606A, B and C (Narrow Range) is +8 inches 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) is +28 inches 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) is +28 inches 1B21-R604A and 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) are +30 inches 1B21-R604B and 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) are +35 inches 1B21-R623A and 1B21-R623B (Fuel Zone) are indicating **** | ||
28 inches | : 3. NO erratic behavior for the specified instruments has been observed. | ||
28 inches 1B21-R604A and 1B21 | |||
-R623A (Wide Range) are | |||
+30 inches | |||
-R623B (Wide Range) are | |||
+35 inches 1B21-R623A and 1B21 | |||
-R623B (Fuel Zone) are indicating | |||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Determine which of these RWL indications are valid And | Determine which of these RWL indications are valid And Report the corrected RWL for EACH valid RWL instrument And Any recommendations concerning RWL. | ||
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 7 of 11 | 2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 7 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | ||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
NMP | NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation. | ||
-TR-111, | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
: 1. Operator identifies the procedure needed to perform the task. | : 1. Operator identifies the procedure Operator has identified the correct needed to perform the task. procedure as 34AB-B21-002-1. | ||
-B21- | |||
NOTE: If the operator indicates that SPDS would be checked, give the operator Supplement 1. | NOTE: If the operator indicates that SPDS would be checked, give the operator Supplement 1. | ||
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Drywell temperature indications, INDICATE for the operator that temperature is greater than 150°F (Use Supplement 1 if SPDS is addressed). | PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Drywell temperature indications, INDICATE for the operator that temperature is greater than 150°F (Use Supplement 1 if SPDS is addressed). | ||
: 2. Determine if RWL corrections are | : 2. Determine if RWL corrections are Using SPDS (or Drywell temp required. indications) the operator DETERMINES: | ||
Drywell temperature is greater than 150°F. | |||
RWL corrections ARE required. | RWL corrections ARE required. | ||
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 8 of 11 | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
: 3. Review Caution 1 and Caution 2 on Attachment 1 of 34AB-B21-002-1. | 2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 8 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
The operator has VERIFIED, by observation or by addressing the panel operator, that the following RWL instruments show NO erratic instrument behavior: | # (COMMENTS) | ||
: 3. Review Caution 1 and Caution 2 on The operator has REVIEWED Attachment 1 of 34AB-B21-002-1. Caution 1 and Caution 2 on Attachment 1 of 34AB-B21-002-1. | |||
: 4. Confirm there is no indication of The operator has VERIFIED, by erratic instrument behavior. observation or by addressing the panel operator, that the following RWL instruments show NO erratic instrument behavior: | |||
1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) 1B21-R623A (Fuel Zone) | 1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) 1B21-R623A (Fuel Zone) | ||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator indicates use of the Diagnostic screen of SPDS, GIVE the operator Supplement 2. | |||
: 5. Determine highest temperature for At SPDS panel, the operator has RTD Group 1 and 2 (Maximum Run DETERMINED the following Temperature). Maximum Run Temperatures: | |||
RTD Group 1 - 293°F RTD Group 2 - 290°F PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2. | |||
: 6. Determine highest temperature for At SPDS panel, the operator has RTD Group 5 (Maximum Run DETERMINED the following Temperature). Maximum Run Temperatures: | |||
RTD Group 5 - 263°F | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 9 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2. | |||
**6. Determine if the RWL instrument may The operator has DETERMINED be used by comparing the Minimum the following RWL instruments Indicated Level for the associated are VALID: | |||
Maximum Run Temperature. 1B21-R606A (Narrow Range) 1B21-R606B (Narrow Range) 1B21-R606C (Narrow Range) | |||
**7. Determine if the RWL instrument may The operator has DETERMINED be used by comparing the Minimum the following RWL instruments Indicated Level for the associated are INVALID: | |||
Maximum Run Temperature. 1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) | |||
**8. Determine correct RWL from the Using 34AB-B21-002-1, the following; operator has DETERMINED 1B21-R606A Correct RWL for 1B21-R606A, 1B21-R606B B & C (narrow range) is +8 1B21-R606C. inches (accept +/-1 inch). | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 9 of 11 | |||
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2. | |||
) 1B21-R606C | |||
-B21-002-1, the operator has DETERMINED Correct RWL for 1B21-R606A, B & C (narrow range | |||
) is +8 inches (accept 1 inch). | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | ||
After JPM step # | After JPM step #8 is complete. | ||
8 is complete. | |||
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND SUPPLEMENTAL 1 & 2. | ||
EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND SUPPLEMENTAL 1 & 2 | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
. | |||
) | |||
SHUTDOWN 2 | |||
25 IN B | |||
227 Page 10 of 11 | |||
227 N001J 293 290 N001B N001K 292 289 N001A N002 263 259 N010 N003 257 257 N009 N001L 205 257 207 205 N001M N008 200 207 N004 200 N005 Page 11 of 11 SUPPLEMENT 2 | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM) | |||
DRAFT ADMIN 2 - ALL | |||
==Title:== | |||
IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin) | IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin) | ||
Author: Media Number: Time: | |||
ANTHONY BALL 2015-301 ADMIN 2 15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | |||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date: | |||
Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date: | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 11 This page intentionally left blank | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 11 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 2 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials Revised ILT-1 Admin JPM LR-JP-25047 to match updated 34GO-OPS-001. New IRM Multipliers 01 ARB are included. After 2015 NRC Exam will be re-numbered to LR-JP-25047. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 4 of 11 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | |||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin) | |||
JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 2 TASK STANDARD: The task is complete when the IRM alternate power checks are performed and the Operator determines that Average % power calculated is higher then current APRM power readings and an evaluation of power level indication is required. | |||
TASK NUMBER: xxx.xxx OBJECTIVE NUMBER: xxx.xxx.x PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
RO x.xx SRO x.xx K/A CATALOG NUMBER: xxxxxxxxxxxxxx K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
RO 4.3 SRO x.xx OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | |||
GENERAL | |||
==REFERENCES:== | |||
Unit 1 Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 N/A REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 N/A (Attachment 15 Rev. 41.3) | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. Reactor Startup is in progress | : 1. Reactor Startup is in progress. | ||
: 2. The crew is making preparations to startup the Steam Jet Air Ejector prior to securing the Mechanical Vacuum Pump. | |||
: 3. All APRMs are currently reading 4% power. | |||
: 4. Pre-Job Brief is NOT required. | |||
INITIATING CUES: | |||
IAW Step 7.3.24 of 34GO-OPS-001-1, perform Alternate Power Level check per Attachment 15. | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 7 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 7 of 11 | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | ||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
: 1. Operator has DETERMINED the correct procedure section to use. | : 1. Operator has DETERMINED the Operator has OBTAINS the correct procedure section to use. correct procedure section to use starting at Attachment 15 PROMPT: AT this time GIVE the operator Attachment 1 (34GO-OPS-001-1, ATTACHMENT 15). | ||
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM (IRM Data). | |||
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM (IRM Data). | : 2. The operator identifies where he will The operator identifies where the obtain IRM power and range IRM power information is information to record on Attachment obtained, At IH 11-P603. | ||
: 2. The operator identifies where he will obtain IRM power and range information to record on Attachment | 15. | ||
NOTE: ATTACHMENT 3 is the marked up answer key. | |||
: 3. The operator copies the IRM range and power level data onto the copy of | : 3. The operator copies the IRM range Using the copy of 34GO-OPS-and power level data onto the copy of 001-1 Attachment 15 the data is 34GO-OPS-001-1 Attachment 15. recorded by operator. | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 8 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**4. The operator performs the calculation The operator uses the recorded to the IRM data. IRM data and MULTIPLIES it by the correct constant of (0.212). | |||
PROMPT: IF the operator request that the Calculations be verified, THEN as another operator perform verification but DO NOT correct any errors. | |||
**5. The operator determines that Average Using the Average % power, the | |||
% power is greater than APRM power operator DETERMINES that settings. APRMs readings are NOT greater than the Average IRM power. | |||
**6. The operator determines an evaluation The operator informs the Shift of power level is required. Supervisor that an evaluation of power level indication is required. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | ||
Line 216: | Line 170: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND ATTACHMENT 1& 2. | ||
EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND ATTACHMENT 1 | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
& 2. | |||
ATTACHENT 1 ATTACHENT 2 | ATTACHENT 1 ATTACHENT 2 IRM DATA IRMS RANGE READING A 9 18 C 9 20 E 9 20 G 10 20 B 9 18 D 9 22 F 10 20 H 9 18 | ||
ATTACHMENT 3 | |||
** KEY ** | |||
DO NOT give this to applicant | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 17 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM) | |||
DRAFT ADMIN 3 - ALL | |||
==Title:== | |||
REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE Author: Media Number: Time: | |||
Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 3 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | |||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date: | |||
Approved By: Date: | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 17 This page intentionally left blank | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 17 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 3 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 Initial development. ARB | |||
Rev. No. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 17 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | |||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
- | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 1 of 15 UNIT 1 ( ) UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-3 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator reviews the completed surveillance procedure, 34SV-E51-002-2, makes any required calculations and determines RCIC surveillance is unsat and RCIC is inoperable. | |||
TASK NUMBER: 300.011 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 300.011.O K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.2.12 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
RO 3.7 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) / Senior Reactor Operator (SRO) | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 2 34SV-E51-002-2 (current version) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 Completed surveillance package: 34SV-E51-002-2. | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A 1 | |||
3 EVALUATOR COPY UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power. | : 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power. | ||
: 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST) Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV- | : 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST) Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability. | ||
: 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig. | : 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | |||
Review Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability. | |||
Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets. | |||
Using Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.5.1 through step 7.5.6. | |||
Page 2 of 15 | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 3 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 3 of 15 | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | ||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
NMP | NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation. | ||
-TR-111, | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator a complete copy of | PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator a complete copy of 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability. | ||
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM | PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM (Data has been filled in for this JPM). | ||
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the IST Book, INFORM the Operator that a supervisor has verified the reference data. | |||
NOTE: JPM Steps 1 - 8 can be performed in any order. | |||
: 1. The Operator evaluates parameters on On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, Attachment 1 and finds Turbine Speed the Operator EVALUATES Nr is acceptable. Turbine Speed Nr data is SATISFACTORY. 3900 rpm (Acceptable Range: | |||
3861 (0.99) to 3939 (1.01) rpm) | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the | 2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 4 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 2. The Operator evaluates parameters on On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure the Operator EVALUATES Inlet (Stopped) (Pi) is acceptable. Pressure (Still) (Pi) data is SATISFACTORY. 34 psig Acceptable Range: >7 psig. | |||
: 3. The Operator evaluates parameters on On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure the Operator EVALUATES Inlet (Running) (Pi) is acceptable. Pressure (Running) (Pi) data is SATISFACTORY. 31 psig Acceptable Range: >7 psig. | |||
: 4. The Operator evaluates parameters on At step 7.8.2.1.1 of 34SV-E51-Attachment 1 and finds Outlet 002-2, the Operator Pressure (Running) Po is NOT EVALUATES Outlet Pressure acceptable. data IS NOT SATISFACTORY. | |||
1072 psig is NOT in the Acceptable Range of > 1135 psig. | |||
NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) P o is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable. | |||
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisors attention. | |||
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 5 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 5. The Operator calculates and then On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, evaluates on Attachment 1 and finds the Operator CALCULATES Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT AND EVALUATES Differential acceptable. Pressure (2) dPr data IS NOT SATISFACTORY. 0.88 dPr is NOT in the Acceptable Range of 0.90 to 1.10 dPr. | |||
NOTE: Ratio Differential Pressure (2) dP r is equal to the Test Value dP r divided by the Reference Value dP r . 1041/1183 = 0.88. | |||
At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable and RCIC must be declared inoperable. This action IS acceptable. | |||
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisors attention. | |||
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review. | |||
: 6. The Operator evaluates parameters on On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, Attachment 1 and finds Flowrate (4) the Operator EVALUATES (Qr) is acceptable. Flowrate (4) (Qr) data (400 gpm) is SATISFACTORY. Acceptable value is 400 gpm. | |||
: | PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Out of Spec readings, INFORM the Operator to finish the data package review. | ||
On Attach. 1 of | : 7. The Operator performs step 7.5.1 The Operator places a check mark Reason for test: for Norm. Surv. per the initial conditions. | ||
. | : 8. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.1 The Operator has determined RCIC pump delivers at least 400 gpm RCIC pump Outlet Pressure at a pump discharge pressure of (Running) Po <1135 psig has greater than OR equal to 1135 psig failed to meet the acceptance with reactor pressure of > 920 psig criteria of step 7.5.2.1. | ||
AND < 1058 psig. | |||
On Attach. 1 of | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
. | |||
: | |||
> | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 6 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 9. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.2 The Operator has verified that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream RCIC pump discharge lines up of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND filled. F022 are filled. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the RCIC pump discharge lines upstream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled, INFORM the Operator that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled. | |||
: 10. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.3 The Operator has verified that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, start, WHEN RCIC is started. auto start, WHEN RCIC started. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, INFORM the Operator that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto started. | |||
: 11. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.4 The Operator has verified that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running. OPEN, WHEN cooler is running. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, open when RCIC is running, INFORM the Operator that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, auto opened. | |||
: 12. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.5 The Operator has verified that Oil Oil level AND pressure is observed. level AND pressure is observed. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Oil level AND pressure is observed, INFORM the Operator that Oil level AND pressures were observed. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page | 2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 7 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: | : 13. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.1 The Operator has determined that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po data. (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1. | ||
NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) P o is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable. | |||
NOTE: | It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisors attention. | ||
: | : 14. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 The Operator has determined that RCIC pump dPr data. Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2. | ||
At this time | NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable. This action IS acceptable. | ||
, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable | It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisors attention. | ||
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the | : 15. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 The Operator has determined that Flowrate (4) (Qr) data. Flowrate (Qr) data meets the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2. | ||
: 16. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.7 if The Operator evaluates if Response Time Test was performed. Response Time Test was performed. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses Response Time Test, INFORM the Operator that Response Time Test was NOT performed. | |||
( | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses | |||
. | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 8 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**17. The Operator performs step 7.5.4 The Operator completes step Test Result. 7.5.4 and marks the step UNSAT. | |||
NOTE: JPM Steps 26 - 28 can be performed in any order. | |||
**18. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 for The Operator lists in step 7.5.5 RCIC pump Outlet Pressure that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po <1135 psig has failed to (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step meet the acceptance criteria of 7.5.2.6.1. step 7.5.2.1 & 7.5.2.6.1 | |||
(<1135 psig). | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page | **19. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 The Operator also lists in step RCIC Differential Pressure dPr. 7.5.5 that RCIC Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.1 (dPr < 0.90). | ||
NOTE: If the Operator addresses writing a Condition Report (CR) based on this surveillance, inform the Operator that another operator will write the CR. | |||
END TIME:__________ | |||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | |||
After JPM step #19 is complete. | |||
NOTE: JPM Steps 26 - | |||
END TIME:__________ | |||
19 is complete. | |||
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | |||
EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet. | EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet. | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
ATTACHMENT 1 | ATTACHMENT 1 | ||
** KEY ** | |||
Is reference data being changed? | DO NOT give this to applicant SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 45 of 59 DOCUMENT TITLE: DOCUMENT NUMBER: Version No: | ||
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY 34SV-E51-002-2 24.1 ATTACHMENT 1 Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1 of 1 Reference Data Changes: | |||
Is reference data being changed? ( ) Yes () No IF YES, list justification for so doing: | |||
01/18/ | (2E51-C001) | ||
REQ'D DATE REF INSTRU REFERENCE TEST ACCEPT. ALERT ACTION RATIO PARAMETER VALUE MPL NO. VALUE VALUE RANGE RANGE RANGE (3) | |||
TAKEN (1) 2E51-R610 OR, Turbine Speed 0.99 to 1.01 Calibrated N/A N/A N/A (Nr) 3900* 01/18/12* 3900* RPM Handheld Tachometer Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A 34* | |||
01/18/ | Pump Suction Pressure (Running) 2E51-R604 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A (Pi) 31* 01/18/12* 31* | ||
Outlet Pressure 2E51-R601 N/A N/A N/A N/A (Po) 1215* 01/18/12* 1072* | |||
Differential <0.90 0.90 to 1.10 Pressure (2) N/A N/A or dPr (DPr) 1183* 01/18/12* 1041* >1.10 dPr 0.88* | |||
-INS-001-0. | Flowrate (4) 2E51-R612 400 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.0 (Qr) 400* | ||
- Inlet Pressure (Pump running) | (1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO-INS-001-0. | ||
(2) Differential pressure must be calculated as: dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running) - Inlet Pressure (Pump running) | |||
(3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value (4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PLANT E. I. HATCH | ATTACHMENT 1 | ||
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY | ** KEY ** | ||
DO NOT give this to applicant SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PAGE PLANT E. I. HATCH 42 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE: DOCUMENT NUMBER: VERSION NO: | |||
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY 34SV-E51-002-2 24.1 7.5 TEST RESULTS 7.5.1 Reason for test: ( ) Norm. Surv. ( ) WO # ____________________________________ | |||
( ) Other ________________________________________________________________ | |||
7.5.2 Acceptance Criteria 7.5.2.1 RCIC pump delivers at least 400 gpm at a pump discharge pressure of 1135 psig with reactor pressure between 920 and 1058 psig. | |||
* 7.5.2.2 RCIC Pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 and 2E51-F022 are filled. | |||
7.5.2.3 2T41-B004A and 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Fans, AUTO START WHEN RCIC is started. | |||
7.5.2.4 2P41-F040A and 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running. | |||
7.5.2.5 Oil levels observed in the normal range, OR LOR written. | |||
7.5.2.6 IF the 92 day test or CPT was performed: | |||
7.5.2.6.1 Steps 7.5.2.1 through 7.5.2.5 are acceptable. | |||
7.5.2.6.2 RCIC pump data matches the reference data WITHIN the limits stated on Attachment 1, 5 or 6. | |||
* 7.5.2.7 IF Response Time Test was performed, RCIC Pump obtained rated flow and pressure in less than OR equal to 45 seconds. | |||
Page 10 of 15 | |||
ATTACHMENT 1 | |||
** KEY ** | |||
DO NOT give this to applicant SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PAGE PLANT E. I. HATCH 43 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE: DOCUMENT NUMBER: VERSION NO: | |||
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY 34SV-E51-002-2 24.1 7.5.4 Test Result: | |||
( ) Satisfactory ( ) Unsatisfactory 7.5.5 Unsatisfactory Conditions: (1) RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1 (<1135 psig)___________________ | |||
(2) RCIC Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2 7.5.6 Comments/Corrective Actions: ______________________________________________ | |||
* | 7.5.7 Test completed and/or verified by: | ||
__________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________ | |||
Print Name / Initial / Date | |||
__________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________ | |||
Print Name / Initial / Date | |||
__________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________ | |||
Print Name / Initial / Date | |||
__________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________ | |||
Print Name / Initial / Date Page 11 of 15 | |||
SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PLANT E. I. HATCH | |||
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY | |||
24.1 | |||
Conditions: | |||
5.2.1 (<1135 psig)___________________ | |||
7.5.6 Comments/Corrective Actions: | |||
______________________________________________ | |||
__________________________________________ | |||
Print Name | |||
Print Name | |||
Print Name | |||
Print Name | |||
SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 44 of 67 | ATTACHMENT 2 PROVIDE TO APPLICANT SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 44 of 67 DOCUMENT TITLE: DOCUMENT NUMBER: Version No: | ||
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY | RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY 34SV-E51-002-2 31.0 ATTACHMENT 1 Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 2 of 2 Reference Data Changes: | ||
Is reference data being changed? ( ) Yes ( ) No IF YES, list justification for so doing: | |||
31.0 ATTACHMENT 1 | (2E51-C001) | ||
Is reference data being changed? | REQ'D DATE REF INSTRU REFERENCE TEST ACCEPT. ALERT ACTION RATIO PARAMETER VALUE MPL NO. VALUE VALUE RANGE RANGE RANGE (3) | ||
TAKEN (1) 2E51-R610 OR, Turbine Speed 0.99 to 1.01 Calibrated N/A N/A N/A (Nr) 3900* 01/18/12* 3900* RPM Handheld Tachometer Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A 34* | |||
Pump Suction Pressure (Running) 2E51-R604 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A (Pi) 31* 01/18/12* 31* | |||
01/18/12* | Outlet Pressure 2E51-R601 N/A N/A N/A N/A (Po) 1215* 01/18/12* 1072* | ||
Differential <0.90 0.90 to 1.10 Pressure (2) N/A N/A or dPr (DPr) 1183* 01/18/12* 1041* >1.10 dPr Flowrate (4) 2E51-R612 400 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.0 (Qr) 400* | |||
(1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO-INS-001-0. | |||
01/18/12* | (2) Differential pressure must be calculated as: dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running) - Inlet Pressure (Pump running) | ||
1041* | (3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value (4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0. | ||
Page 12 of 15 | |||
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power. | : 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power. | ||
: 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST) Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW | : 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST) Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability. | ||
: 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig. | : 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Review Attachment 1 of | Review Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability. | ||
Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets. | |||
Using Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.5.1 through step 7.5.6. | |||
Page 13 of 15 | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 13 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM) | |||
- | DRAFT ADMIN 4 - RO ONLY | ||
==Title:== | |||
DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY Author: Media Number: Time: | |||
Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 4 9.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | |||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date: | |||
Approved By: Date: | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 13 This page intentionally left blank | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 13 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials Revise JPM LR-JP-20059, due to implementation 17 5/26/11 of NMP-EP 110 and NMP-EP-111 and for NRC ELJ CME Exam 2011-3011. | |||
Minor revision for procedure comparison and modified wind direction to obtain a different 17.1 evacuation route. After 2015 NRC Exam will be ARB incorporated into JPM Database with new media number. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 13 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 5 of 13 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 4 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be satisfactorily completed when the wind direction has been checked and the operator has determined that the evacuation route is THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING and then SOUTH on US Highway 1, IAW NMP-EP-111-002. | |||
TASK NUMBER: 200.059 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.059.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
RO 3.86 SRO 3.96 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.4.39 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
RO 3.9 SRO 3.80 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | |||
GENERAL | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 5 of 13 | |||
DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY JPM NUMBER: | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 4 | |||
The task shall be satisfactorily completed when the wind direction has been checked and the operator has determined that the evacuation route is THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING and then SOUTH on US Highway 1, IAW NMP | |||
-EP-111-002. TASK NUMBER: | |||
200.059 | |||
200.059.A | |||
RO 3.86 SRO 3.96 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | |||
G2.4.39 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
RO 3.9 SRO 3.80 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | |||
Nuclear Plant Operator | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version) | Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version) | ||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: | REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version) | ||
Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version) | APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 9.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A | ||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: | |||
SIMULATOR | |||
N/A | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | 4 UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE CANDIDATE INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. A Reactor scram has occurred. | : 1. A Reactor scram has occurred. | ||
: 2. Plant conditions have resulted in an Elevated Radioactive release. | : 2. Plant conditions have resulted in an Elevated Radioactive release. | ||
: 3. A Prompt Off | : 3. A Prompt Off-Site Dose Assessment calculation has been performed and an Offsite Release has been verified to be in progress. | ||
-Site Dose Assessment calculation has been performed and an Offsite Release has been verified to be in progress. | |||
: 4. Peak calculated TEDE is 100 mRem/hr. | : 4. Peak calculated TEDE is 100 mRem/hr. | ||
: 5. The Emergency Director (ED) has declared a Site Area Emergency. | : 5. The Emergency Director (ED) has declared a Site Area Emergency. | ||
: 6. The ED has directed a PA announcement to be performed in accordance with NMP-EP-111. 7. SPDS is available. | : 6. The ED has directed a PA announcement to be performed in accordance with NMP-EP-111. | ||
: 7. SPDS is available. | |||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Your task is to fill out the appropriate form required to make the PA announcement for this emergency IAW NMP-EP-111-002, | Your task is to fill out the appropriate form required to make the PA announcement for this emergency IAW NMP-EP-111-002, EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS - HATCH. | ||
- HATCH. | NOTE: Another operator will make the actual page announcement IAW NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 Page Announcements. | ||
. | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 7 of 13 | 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 7 of 13 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | ||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
NMP | NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation. | ||
-TR-111, | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The candidate may review NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 | NOTE: The candidate may review NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 Page Announcements. | ||
PROMPT: AT THIS TIME PROVIDE the candidate with the following: | |||
PROMPT: AT THIS TIME PROVIDE the candidate with the following: | o NMP-EP-111-002, EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS - HATCH. | ||
AND o Also PROVIDE the attached SPDS Attachments. | |||
o NMP-EP-111-002, | : 1. Select correct section of The candidate uses NMP-EP-111-NMP-EP-111-002. 002, Table of Contents and determines that Instruction 5 - | ||
Emergency Page Announcement Selection Guidance is the required section. | |||
-EP-111-002, Table of Contents and determines that Instruction 5 | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 8 of 13 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**2. Select the correct form to use for a The candidate uses NMP-EP-111-Site-Area Emergency announcement. 002, Instruction 5 to determine that IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site-Area Or General Emergency" (see page | |||
: 14) is the required form. | |||
NOTE: The candidate may review the NOTES at the top of NMP-EP-111-002, IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of SAE Or GE" | |||
: 3. IV. a. Refer to Selection Guidance The candidate determines that information on page 11 to determine wind direction is required in order the applicable rally point, exit route to select the correct evacuation and evacuation route. Record the route. | |||
applicable information. | |||
NOTE: Only one indication must be checked to satisfactorily complete Step 4. | NOTE: Only one indication must be checked to satisfactorily complete Step 4. | ||
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses wind direction at panel 1H11-P689, Y33-S/ZR R604 (WIND SPEED/DIRECTION 23 METER ELEVATION), | |||
INDICATE for the Candidate that this recorder is INOPERABLE. | |||
**4. Check wind direction. At panel 1H11-P690, wind direction checked on one of the following: | |||
SPDS MIDAS screen OR SPDS MET Data screen | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 9 of 13 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**5. Determine the applicable rally point, The candidate uses Selection exit route and evacuation route. Guidance information on page Record the applicable information. 11 to determine: | |||
Rally point: PESB Exit Route: Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building Evacuation Route: | |||
U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley The candidate then RECORDS the information in appropriate section of IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site-Area Or General Emergency." | |||
NOTE: If the operator uses the 10 Meter wind direction, the Site Exit route will (INCORRECTLY) state Main Access Road. | |||
NOTE: The candidate may select DRILL for item 1. This is ACCEPTABLE practice for the purpose of training evaluations at Hatch. | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 9 of 13 | PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses contacting Security to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings INFORM the Candidate that Security has been directed to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 Page Announcements, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the Candidate that this will performed by another Operator. | ||
END TIME:__________ | |||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Candidate when: | |||
. | With NO reasonable progress, the Candidate exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
PESB Exit Route: | |||
Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building Evacuation Route: | |||
U.S. Highway 1 | |||
- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley The candidate then RECORDS the information in appropriate section of | |||
. | |||
NOTE: The candidate may select DRILL for item 1. | |||
This is ACCEPTABLE practice for the purpose of training evaluations at Hatch. | |||
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses contacting Security to | |||
, | |||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Candidate when: | |||
Candidate states the task is complete. | Candidate states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY IV. STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE-AREA OR GENERAL EMERGENCY NOTES: | EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY IV. STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE-AREA OR GENERAL EMERGENCY NOTES: | ||
: a. Refer to | * The appropriate emergency tone and announcement must be made as soon as possible, but not to exceed 15 minutes after the initial emergency declaration | ||
* The person making this announcement is expected to announce all applicable information. | |||
: a. Refer to Selection Guidance information on page 11 to determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route. | |||
Record the applicable information below needed for this announcement. | |||
: b. Contact Security to direct activation of the Public Address system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PRIOR to beginning the announcement. | : b. Contact Security to direct activation of the Public Address system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PRIOR to beginning the announcement. | ||
: c. Perform IAW NMP | : c. Perform IAW NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 Page Announcements. | ||
-EP-111 Checklist 1 | (Select one) Site-Area Emergency or General Emergency | ||
: 1. ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL. THIS (IS / IS NOT) A DRILL. A/AN Site-Area Emergency HAS BEEN DECLARED. | |||
) | : 2. (Select one): A RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE ( IS / IS NOT) IN PROGRESS. | ||
: 1. ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL. THIS (IS / | : 3. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL ARE TO REPORT TO YOUR EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY AND INITIATE EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES. | ||
: 2. (Select one): A RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE ( IS / | NOTE: Announcement of items 4 or 5 may be discontinued upon verification that non-essential personnel have left the plant site. | ||
: 3. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL ARE TO REPORT TO YOUR EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY AND INITIATE EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES. NOTE: Announcement of items 4 or 5 may be discontinued upon verification that non | : 4. Use if a radiological release is not in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD. THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS EITHER DIRECTION ON U. S. | ||
-essential personnel have left the plant site. | HIGHWAY 1. | ||
: 4. Use if a radiological release is not in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD. THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS EITHER DIRECTION ON U. | : 5. Use if a radiological release is in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING (select one): | ||
S. HIGHWAY 1. | THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD, THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING, OTHER (specify another exit route) _______________________. | ||
: 5. Use if a radiological release is in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING (select one): | AND THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS (Select one): | ||
EITHER DIRECTION ON U.S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT EITHER TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS OR APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY. | |||
SOUTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY. | |||
SOUTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY. | |||
NORTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS. | NORTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS. | ||
EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY SELECTION GUIDANCE FOR STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT RALLY POINT/SITE EXIT ROUTE/ EVACUATION ROUTE Is a radiological release in progress? | EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY SELECTION GUIDANCE FOR STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT RALLY POINT/SITE EXIT ROUTE/ EVACUATION ROUTE Is a radiological release in progress? Yes No IF a. A radiological release Is Not in progress: | ||
THEN b. The following rally point, site exit route, and evacuation route will be used: | THEN b. The following rally point, site exit route, and evacuation route will be used: | ||
Rally Point | * Rally Point - Plant Entry & Security Building (PESB) | ||
- Plant Entry & Security Building (PESB) | * Site Exit Route - Main Access Road | ||
Site Exit Route | * Evacuation Route - Either direction on U. S. Hwy 1. | ||
- Main Access Road Evacuation Route | IF c. A radiological release Is in progress: | ||
- Either direction on U. S. Hwy 1. | |||
IF c. A radiological release Is in progress: | |||
THEN Use the chart below to determine the rally point, site exit route, evacuation route and State Reception Center, based on wind direction. | THEN Use the chart below to determine the rally point, site exit route, evacuation route and State Reception Center, based on wind direction. | ||
Consult with Security to determine alternative(s) | Consult with Security to determine alternative(s) IF designated rally point and/or site exit route cannot be used. The use of an alternate rally point requires notifying Security and HP prior to making the announcement. | ||
IF designated rally point and/or site exit route cannot be used. The use of an alternate rally point requires notifying Security and HP prior to making the announcement. | NOTE: The 15 minute average wind direction information should be read using the meteorological instrumentation that corresponds to the primary release point. | ||
NOTE: The 15 minute average wind direction information should be read using the meteorological instrumentation that corresponds to the primary release point. Wind | Wind Site Exit Route: | ||
Site Exit Route: | Direction Rally Point: Evacuation Route/State Reception From: Center 340º - 60º Gate 17 Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - North to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons 61º - 110º PESB Road behind Low U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Level Radwaste Co. High School/ Baxley Building 111º - 225º PESB Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 226º - 339º PESB Main Access Road Either direction on U.S. Highway 1 to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons or Appling Co. High School/Baxley | ||
Evacuation Route/State Reception Center 340º - 60º Gate 17 Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - North to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons 61º - 110º PESB Road behind Low | |||
- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 111º - 225º PESB Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 | 5.0 4.0 115 65 (F) 10M 60-10 100-10 15 MIN. AVG 55 -0.5 -1.0 .000 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 12 of 13 | ||
- South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 226º - 339º PESB Main Access Road Either direction on U.S. Highway 1 to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons or Appling Co. High School/Baxley | |||
115 DEG 115 DEG 90 DEG 91 DEG 65 DEG 64 DEG 65 DEG 64 DEG 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 13 of 13 | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM) | |||
DRAFT ADMIN 5 (SRO ONLY) | DRAFT ADMIN 5 (SRO ONLY) | ||
DO NOT GIVE AS A GROUP | DO NOT GIVE AS A GROUP | ||
==Title:== | |||
CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED Author: Media Number: Time: | |||
Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 5 20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | |||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date: | |||
Approved By: Date: | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 12 This page intentionally left blank | |||
Rev. No. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 12 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 5 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials Modified 2011-301 Admin 4 to use on ILT-9 NRC 00 Exam 2015-301. After exam both JPMs will be ARB CME renumbered and incorporated into JPM bank. | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 12 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | |||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
The | |||
RO 4.57 SRO 3.88 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.3.11 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | 2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 5 of 12 UNIT 1 ( ) UNIT 2 (X) | ||
: | TASK TITLE: CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-5 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator has directed the required actions per 31EO-PCG-001-2, Primary Containment Gas Control. | ||
RO 3.80 SRO 3.70 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | TASK NUMBER: 201.072 PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
Senior Reactor Operator ( | RO 4.57 SRO 3.88 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.3.11 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
RO 3.80 SRO 3.70 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Senior Reactor Operator (SRO) | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 2 31EO-PCG-001-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 31EO-PCG-001-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 20 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A | |||
5 UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. You are the SS on Unit 2 | : 1. You are the SS on Unit 2 | ||
: 2. A reactor scram occurred due to a LOCA 3. An Emergency Depressurization has been performed | : 2. A reactor scram occurred due to a LOCA | ||
: 4. RWL is stable at | : 3. An Emergency Depressurization has been performed | ||
- | : 4. RWL is stable at -150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps | ||
: 5. Torus water level is stable at 250 inches | |||
: 6. NO Primary Containment Venting is in progress | |||
: 7. NO Primary Containment Purging is in progress | : 7. NO Primary Containment Purging is in progress | ||
: 8. Estimated Offsite Dose has been calculated at | : 8. Estimated Offsite Dose has been calculated at 300 mR/hr | ||
: 9. A Projected Offsite Dose has been calculated at 400 mR/hr INITIATING CUES: | |||
Evaluate the PCG EOP flowchart, 31EO-PCG-001-2 ONLY. | |||
IAW the PCG flowchart, address and state ALL steps, actions, and orders that are to be directed, due to these plant conditions. | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 7 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 7 of 12 | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | ||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
NMP | NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation. | ||
-TR-111, | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
PROMPT: At this time PROVIDE ALL | PROMPT: At this time PROVIDE ALL ATTACHMENTS to the student. | ||
**1. Enters the PCG flowchart. The operator ENTERS 31EO-PCG-001 flowchart. | |||
The operator ENTERS 31EO-PCG-001 flowchart. | : 2. Confirm the H2O2 analyzers are in The operator DETEMINES that service. the the H2O2 analyzers are in service by checking 2H11-P700 or SPDS. | ||
: 2. Confirm the | **3. Evaluate the override at C-5. The operator DETERMINES that path G-2 Point S is to be entered. | ||
-P700 or SPDS. | : 4. At D-6 on path G-2, determine if The operator DETERMINES Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr. Projected TEDE is <1000 mr/hr based on Initial conditions. | ||
-5. The operator DETERMINES that path G-2 Point | : 5. At D-6 on path G-2, determine if there The operator DETERMINES is detectable Hydrogen in drywell or there is Hydrogen in drywell or torus. torus based on Initial conditions. | ||
: 6. Determines Estimated Offsite Dose. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E-7 the Estimated Offsite Dose to be 300 mr/hr based on Initial conditions. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
-7 the Estimated Offsite Dose to be 300 mr/hr based on Initial conditions. | 2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 8 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 7. Determines Projected Offsite Dose. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E-7 the Projected Offsite Dose to be 400 mr/hr based on Initial conditions. | |||
: 8. Determines the TOTAL Estimated and The operator DETERMINES and Projected Peak TEDE. RECORDS at F-7 the TOTAL Estimated and Projected Peak TEDE to be 700 mr/hr (300 + 400 = 700). | |||
**9. Uses step at J-5 on path G-2, to direct The operator DIRECTS an NPO an NPO to start Drywell Cooling Fans to start Drywell Cooling Fans and and Return Fans. Return Fans. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator directs the starting of DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans, INFORM the operator that DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans are running. | |||
: 10. Evaluates decision step at G-7, on The operator DETERMINES that path G-2, to determine whether Torus Torus level is below 300 inches. | |||
Water level is below 300 inches. (Chooses YES, proceeds to the right to vent the Torus). | |||
**11. Using step at H-7, on path G-2, directs The operator DIRECTS an NPO Vent torus per 31EO-EOP-104-2. If to Vent torus per 31EO-EOP-104-necessary, defeat isolation interlocks. 2. If necessary, defeat isolation interlocks. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate venting of the Torus, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression, Torus venting is in progress. | |||
PROMPT: IF ASKED whether the DW is being vented throught the Torus, INFORM the operator the indications are DW pressure and Torus pressure are both slowly decreasing. | |||
**12. Using step at J-7, on path G-2, directs The operator DIRECTS an NPO Initiate and maximize drywell to Initiate and maximize primary nitrogen purge flow per 31EO-EOP- containment purge flow per 104-2. 31EO-EOP-104-2. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate Primary Containment Purge flow, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression, Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page | 2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 9 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
PROMPT: AFTER operator is informed that Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized, INFORMS the operator that Projected Offsite Dose is now 1100 mr/hr. | |||
**13. Evaluates the override at D-6 on path The operator DETERMINES G-2, to determine if Projected TEDE Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr is >1000 mr/hr. (1100 mr/hr). | |||
: 14. Evaluates the override at D-6 on path The operator DETERMINES G-2, to determine if adequate core adequate core cooling is assured cooling is assured. based on Initial conditions. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses RWL, INFORM the operator that RWL is stable at -150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps. | |||
**15. Using step at D-6, on path G-2, directs The operator DIRECTS an NPO torus venting secured. to secure torus venting. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that torus venting has been secured. | |||
**16. Using step at D-6, on path G-2, directs The operator DIRECTS an NPO nitrogen purge flow secured. to secure nitrogen purge flow. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that nitrogen purge flow has been secured. | |||
PROMPT: AFTER operator is informed that Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized , INFORMS the operator that Projected Offsite Dose is now 1100 mr/hr. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses RWL, INFORM the operator that RWL is stable at | |||
- | |||
-6, on path G | |||
-2, directs | |||
The operator DIRECTS an NPO to secure torus venting. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting , INFORM the operator that torus venting has been secured | |||
-6, on path G | |||
-2, directs nitrogen purge flow secured. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that nitrogen purge flow has been secured. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | |||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) 3.5 4.0 Page 10 of 12 Page 11 of 12 Page 12 of 12 | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 14 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM) | |||
DRAFT ADMIN 6 SRO ONLY | |||
==Title:== | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 | Emergency Classification - Complete NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 Author: Media Number: Time Critical: | ||
15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) | Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 6 15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Date: | Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date: | ||
Date: | Approved By: Date: | ||
: | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 14 This page intentionally left blank | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 14 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 8/23/11 Initial Development SDH DNM 01 10/15/13 Made left hand column match procedure steps. MMG ALS Ensured each critical step only has one action. | ||
ADDED Checklist 1 answer key. | |||
-9 NRC Exam. After exam will be renamed back to original JPM Title (LR-JP-25071-01). | 1.1 Updated to latest procedure revision and will be ARB used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. After exam will be renamed back to original JPM Title (LR-JP-25071-01). | ||
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 14 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 5 of 14 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: Emergency Classification - Complete NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 6 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the event has been classified and NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 is completed through step 6. | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 5 of 14 | TASK NUMBER: 200.052 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.052.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
Emergency Classification | RO 4.67 SRO 4.04 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.4.41 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
RO 2.30 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | |||
-EP-110 Checklist 1 JPM NUMBER: | GENERAL | ||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 | |||
The task shall be completed when the event has been classified and NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 is completed through step 6. | |||
TASK NUMBER: | |||
200.052 | |||
200.052.A | |||
RO 4.67 SRO 4.04 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.4.41 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | |||
: | |||
RO 2.30 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | |||
Nuclear Plant Operator | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-110 (current version) | Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-110 (current version) | ||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: | REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-110 (current version) | ||
Unit 1 & 2 | APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: NA | ||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: | |||
15 Minutes SIMULATOR | |||
NA | |||
UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. You are the On Shift Shift Manager. | : 1. You are the On Shift Shift Manager. | ||
: 2. Units 1 and 2 are operating at 100% power. | : 2. Units 1 and 2 are operating at 100% power. The FAA Atlanta calls Plant Hatch control room on the telephone. A NPO answers the phone. The following information is rapidly confirmed with the NRC Operations Center using the Emergency Notification System (ENS) phone. | ||
The FAA Atlanta calls Plant Hatch control room on the telephone. | |||
A NPO answers the phone. | |||
The following information is rapidly confirmed with the NRC Operations Center using the Emergency Notification System (ENS) phone. | |||
: 3. The NRC Operations Center confirms: | : 3. The NRC Operations Center confirms: | ||
One (1) hour ago, a DC 10, Delta Flight D | * One (1) hour ago, a DC 10, Delta Flight D-1492, took off from Atlanta, headed for Houston Texas. | ||
-1492, took off from Atlanta, headed for Houston Texas. | * The plane has inexplicably changed course, is now headed east, and is 20 miles west of Macon, Georgia. | ||
The plane has inexplicably changed course, is now headed east, and is 20 miles west of Macon, Georgia. | * Atlanta Flight Control has tried all available methods to communicate with the flights crew, but has been unsuccessful. | ||
Atlanta Flight Control has tried all available methods to communicate with the flights | * Based on the planes flight path and rate of descent, it appears that Plant Hatch is in the flight path of a Track of Interest (TOI). | ||
Based on the planes flight path and rate of descent, it appears that Plant Hatch is in the flight path of a Track of Interest (TOI). | |||
The flight will reach Plant Hatch, by best estimate, in 29 minutes. | The flight will reach Plant Hatch, by best estimate, in 29 minutes. | ||
: 4. The Control Room has contacted the NRC and NRC has confirmed the information. | : 4. The Control Room has contacted the NRC and NRC has confirmed the information. | ||
: 5. NO Peer Check is available. | : 5. NO Peer Check is available. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Classify the Event by Completing NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1, | Classify the Event by Completing NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1, Steps 1 through 6. | ||
AND Communicate the Emergency Classification AND the IC# the Emergency Classification is based on to the Operating Crew (Crew Update) | AND Communicate the Emergency Classification AND the IC# the Emergency Classification is based on to the Operating Crew (Crew Update) | ||
This JPM is TIME CRITICAL | This JPM is TIME CRITICAL. | ||
Current time is: ___________________ | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 7 of 14 | 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 7 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | ||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
NOTE: The CLASSIFICATION must be made within 15 minutes of the initial prompt and the Student states they understand the initial conditions. | NOTE: The CLASSIFICATION must be made within 15 minutes of the initial prompt and the Student states they understand the initial conditions. | ||
NOTE: The Student is expected to obtain a copy of Checklist 1 if the Initiating Cue is given in the Simulator or Control Room. | |||
START TIME:_________ | |||
: 1. Operator identifies the procedure The operator has OBTAINED needed to perform the task. Check List 1, which is contained in NMP-EP-110. | |||
: 2. Checklist 1, Step 1. On Checklist 1, Step 1, Determine the appropriate Initiating The operator has selected HOT Condition Matrix for classification of IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart the event based on the current operating mode: | |||
HOT IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart COLD IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 8 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 3. Checklist 1, Step 2. On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, Evaluate the status of the fission The operator has selected product barrier using Figure 1, Fission INTACT for Fuel Cladding Product Barrier Evaluation. Integrity. | |||
Select the condition of each fission product barrier: | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 8 of 14 | |||
: 3. Checklist 1, Step 2. | |||
Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation | |||
Fuel Cladding Integrity | Fuel Cladding Integrity | ||
: 4. Checklist 1, Step 2. On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, Evaluate the status of the fission The operator has selected product barrier using Figure 1, Fission INTACT for Reactor Cooling Product Barrier Evaluation. System. | |||
Select the condition of each fission product barrier: | |||
Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation. Select the condition of each fission product barrier: | |||
Reactor Coolant System | Reactor Coolant System | ||
: 5. Checklist 1, Step 2. On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, Evaluate the status of the fission The operator has selected product barrier using Figure 1, Fission INTACT for Containment Product Barrier Evaluation. Integrity. | |||
Select the condition of each fission product barrier: | |||
Containment Integrity | |||
: 6. Checklist 1, Step 2.b. On Checklist 1, Step 2.b, Determine the highest applicable The operator has selected NONE fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC). | |||
Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation. Select the condition of each fission product barrier: | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Containment Integrity | |||
: 6. Checklist 1, Step 2.b. | |||
, | |||
The operator has selected NONE | |||
The operator has selected ALERT as the Classification. | 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 9 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3 | : 7. Checklist 1, Step 3. On Checklist 1, Step 3. | ||
: | Evaluate AND determine the highest The operator has identified HA4 applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4. | ||
: 8. Checklist 1, Step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 4. | |||
Check the highest emergency The operator has selected classification level identified from ALERT as the Classification. | |||
either step 2b or 3: | |||
Classification | |||
**9. Checklist 1, Step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 4. | |||
Check the highest emergency The operator has selected HA4 classification level identified from for the Based on IC#. | |||
either step 2b or 3: | |||
Based on IC # | Based on IC # | ||
NOTE: It is expected that the IC# be filled in on Checklist 1 (in the above step). Credit for this step will be given if the proper IC# is announced during the Crew Update announcing the classification to the crew. | NOTE: It is expected that the IC# be filled in on Checklist 1 (in the above step). Credit for this step will be given if the proper IC# is announced during the Crew Update announcing the classification to the crew. | ||
: 10. Checklist 1, Step 4. | : 10. Checklist 1, Step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 4. | ||
Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, | Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, The operator has written A as needed). validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away in the space provided. | ||
The operator has written A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away in the space provided. | |||
NOTE: If follow-up questioning reveals that a classification was declared and based on another IC #, the classification should be evaluated for validity. | NOTE: If follow-up questioning reveals that a classification was declared and based on another IC #, the classification should be evaluated for validity. | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 10 of 14 | 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 10 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
Declare the event by approving the | : 11. Checklist 1, Step 5. On Checklist 1, Step 5. | ||
Declare the event by approving the The operator has signed their Emergency Classification. name as the Emergency Director in the space provided. | |||
The operator has signed their name | **12. Checklist 1, Step 5. On Checklist 1, Step 5. | ||
Fill in the Date in the space provided. The operator has entered the current Date in the space provided. | |||
Fill in the Date in the space provided. | **13. Checklist 1, Step 5. On Checklist 1, Step 5. | ||
Fill in the Time in the space provided. The operator has entered the current Time in the space provided. | |||
The operator has entered the current Date in the space provided. | Time Critical Stop Time: . | ||
Fill in the Time in the space provided. | NOTE: For this step to be completed considered SAT, the time entered must be within 15 minutes of the time recorded on the Initial Conditions sheet provided to the operator. | ||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator enquires about meteorological conditions, GIVE the operator the MIDAS Information Sheet if not given earlier when performing a Group JPM. | |||
: 14. On Checklist 1, Step 6. The operator has obtained Obtain Meteorological Data (not Meteorological Data (i.e. MIDAS required prior to event declaration). Information Sheet). | |||
The operator has entered the current Time in the space provided. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Time Critical Stop Time: | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator enquires about meteorological conditions, GIVE the operator the MIDAS Information Sheet if not given earlier when performing a Group JPM. | |||
Obtain Meteorological Data (not | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 11 of 14 | 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 11 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**15. On Checklist 1, Step 6. On Checklist 1, Step 6. | |||
Record the following: | Record the following: The operator has entered 130 in Wind Direction (from) the space provided for Wind | ||
Wind Direction (from) | ************ Direction (from). | ||
**16. On Checklist 1, Step 6. On Checklist 1, Step 6. | |||
Record the following: The operator has entered 5 in the | |||
******************* space provided for Wind Speed. | |||
Record the following: | |||
Wind Speed | Wind Speed | ||
: 17. On Checklist 1, Step 6. On Checklist 1, Step 6. | |||
Record the following: The operator has entered D in the | |||
On Checklist 1, Step 6. | ***************** space provided for Stability | ||
********** Class. | |||
Record the following: | |||
Stability Class | Stability Class | ||
: 18. On Checklist 1, Step 6. On Checklist 1, Step 6. | |||
Record the following: The operator has entered 0 in the | |||
**************** space provided for Precipitation. | |||
Precipitation | |||
: 19. Classification is announced to the Operator performs a Crew crew. Update and announces what the Classification is and the IC# the classification is based on. | |||
PROMPT: If the IC# is NOT filled in on Checklist 1 or announced during a Crew Update, TELL the operator to review the Initiating Cue. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 12 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
PROMPT: If the operator addresses performance of Checklist 1 Step 7 Initiate Checklist 2, Emergency Plan Initiation, INFORM the operator that another operator will Initiate Checklist 2. | |||
END TIME: _________ | |||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | |||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 12 of | |||
PROMPT: If the operator addresses performance of Checklist 1 Step 7 Initiate Checklist 2, Emergency Plan Initiation , INFORM the operator that another operator will Initiate Checklist 2. | |||
END TIME: _________ | |||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 13 of 14 | 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 13 of 14 INSTRUCTOR ANSWER KEY Checklist 1 - Classification Determination NOTE Key Parameters should be allowed to stabilize to accurately represent plant conditions prior to classifying an event Initial Actions Completed by | ||
INSTRUCTOR ANSWER KEY Checklist 1 | |||
- Classification Determination Initial Actions Completed by | |||
: 1. Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode: | : 1. Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode: | ||
HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 2) to evaluate the Barriers) | Student HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 2) to evaluate the Barriers) | ||
COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 3) | COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 3) | ||
: a. Select the condition of each fission product barrier: | Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart apply (Go To Step 2) | ||
LOSS POTENTIAL LOSS INTACT Fuel Cladding Integrity Reactor Coolant System Containment Integrity | : 2. Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation. | ||
Student (select one) | : a. Select the condition of each fission product barrier: Student LOSS POTENTIAL LOSS INTACT Fuel Cladding Integrity Reactor Coolant System Containment Integrity | ||
FG1 | : b. Determine the highest applicable fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC): Student (select one) FG1 FS1 FA1 FU1 None | ||
Classification Based on IC# | : 3. Evaluate AND determine the highest applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4. | ||
General | Student Hot IC# HA4 Unit 1/2 and/or Cold IC# __________ Unit___ or None | ||
A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away | : 4. Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3: | ||
Student | Student Classification Based on IC# Classification Based on IC# | ||
Wind Direction (from) 130 | General Alert HA4 Site-Area NOUE None N/A Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, as needed): A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away | ||
- Emergency Plan Initiation | : 5. Declare the event by approving the Emergency Classification. | ||
. ____________ | Student Date: ***** / ***** / **** Time: ****** Student Emergency Director | ||
: 6. Obtain Meteorological Data (not required prior to event declaration): | |||
Wind Direction (from) 130 Wind Speed 5 Stability Class D Precipitation 0 Student | |||
: 7. Initiate Attachment 2, Checklist 2 - Emergency Plan Initiation. ____________ | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Page 14 of 14 Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 10 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 1 (ALL) | ||
-301 | Title START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 1 2015-301 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 10 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 16 02/22/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 17 05/03/02 Revise Simulator Setup DNM DHG 18 03/01/05 Deleted S from procedure numbers, changed Revision and BEB DHG Rev. numbers to Current Version, changed Reactor Operator to Nuclear Plant Operator, changed IC 121 to IC 127 for Simulator Setup, added new prompts, changed location of some steps and prompts. | |||
19 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 20 03/30/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 21 01/06/09 This revision is meant for initial training prior to implementation DNM RAB of ASDs on U2 during the 2009 U2 outage. It is the intent of CEB Training & Operations to perform the best training possible gathering feedback from Operators during the process & feeding this information back to Operations prior to implementation to improve procedures prior to final implementation. (Note: | |||
originally a new JPM 04.20 was written, however this JPM was revised to modify the task and TO for the equipment and JPM 04.20 not retained). Section for Unit One will be simulate in Main Control Room due to modification on simulator to reflect changes to Unit 2. | |||
21.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009-302 Exam FNF CME 21.2 Minor revision to match procedure and use on ILT-09 ARB NRC Exam. Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to CR-Sim 1 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. | |||
Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 10 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG | |||
CR-SIM 1 2015 | CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 4 of 10 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) | ||
-301 Page 4 of 10 | TASK TITLE: START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 1 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Adjustable Speed Drive (ASD) has been started and then secured. | ||
START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM JPM NUMBER: | TASK NUMBER: 004.002 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 004.002.A, 004.002.E PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
CR-SIM 1 2015 | RO 3.50 SRO 3.22 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 202001K6.02 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
-301 | RO 3.1 SRO 3.2 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | ||
The task shall be completed when the Adjustable Speed Drive (ASD) has been started and then secured. | |||
TASK NUMBER: | |||
004.002 | |||
004.002.A , | |||
RO 3.50 SRO 3.22 | |||
202001K6.02 | |||
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | |||
: | |||
RO 3.1 | |||
Nuclear Plant Operator | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 2 34SO-B31-001-2 (current version) 34AB-B31-001-2 (current version) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 34SO-B31-001-2 (current version) marked up to step 7.1.3.1.11 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE | |||
SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #102 and leave in FREEZE. | |||
: 2. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: | |||
A. Secure both Recirc Pumps and Close their Discharge valves B. Raise RWL to >47 inches as indicated on GEMAC. | |||
C. Use rfB31_29 and open Seal purge valve B31-F016A. | |||
D. Open Reactor Recirc Pump Suction Valves, 2B31-F023A and 2B31-F023B. | |||
E. Start up the 2A Recirc ASD up to step 7.1.3.1.10, with the breaker closed for the ASD, the ASD START pushbutton lit, and RWL > 32. | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #102 and leave in FREEZE. 2. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: | F. Have a Marked up copy of 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10, G. Turn OFF the SPDS screens. | ||
A. Secure both Recirc Pumps and Close their Discharge valves B. Raise RWL to >47 inches as indicated on | |||
-F016A. D. Open Reactor Recirc Pump Suction Valves, 2B31 | |||
-F023A and 2B31 | |||
-F023B. E. Start up the | |||
-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1. | |||
H. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators | H. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators | ||
: 3. INSERT the following Event Trigger: | : 3. INSERT the following Event Trigger: | ||
ET # Description EGB31-1 Inserts the following alarms when F031A is fully open (Green light goes out): | ET # Description EGB31-1 Inserts the following alarms when F031A is fully open (Green light goes out): | ||
ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off) | * ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off) | ||
ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On) | * ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On) | ||
* + 2 seconds - ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On) | |||
- ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On) | * + 10 seconds - ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On) | ||
- ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On) | |||
Event Trigger Contents: | Event Trigger Contents: | ||
(ET portion of ET) | |||
;Activate ET B31-1 when 2A Recirc pump discharge valve is full open (green light out) loB31-F031AG1.algToPanel =0 | |||
-1 when 2A Recirc pump discharge valve is full open (green light out) loB31-F031AG1.algToPanel =0 | ;THEN (SCN Portion of ET) | ||
IOR loB31-DS42AW1 f:0 d:0; ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off) | |||
IOR loB31-DS42AW1 f:0 d:0; ASD A | |||
- Cooling Normal (White Light Off) | |||
IMF mf60211169 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On) | IMF mf60211169 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On) | ||
+2IMF mf60211170 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On) | |||
+10IMF mf60211146 f:1 d:0; ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On) | |||
: 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | : 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | ||
: 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes | : 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. Unit 2 is in cold shutdown | : 1. Unit 2 is in cold shutdown | ||
: 2. SPDS is Out of Service and being worked. | : 2. SPDS is Out of Service and being worked. | ||
: 3. | : 3. A Recirc Pump is required for forced circulation. | ||
: 4. CRD seal purge is in service with 1.9 gpm flow to the | : 4. CRD seal purge is in service with 1.9 gpm flow to the A seals. | ||
: 5. Maintenance has performed all applicable sections for venting/purging of the | : 5. Maintenance has performed all applicable sections for venting/purging of the A Recirc Pump seals IAW 52CM-B31-003-0. | ||
-B31-003-0. 6. 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, is complete up to step 7.1.3.1. | : 6. 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, is complete up to step 7.1.3.1.10. | ||
: | : 7. 34SO-B31-001-2 Attachment 5 Recirc Pump Startup Prerequisites was just completed and is SAT for a start of the A Recirc Pump. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Start 2A Recirc Pump IAW 34SO-B31-001-2, Reactor Recirculation System , Section 7.1.3., starting at step 7.1.3.1. | Start 2A Recirc Pump IAW 34SO-B31-001-2, Reactor Recirculation System, Section 7.1.3., starting at step 7.1.3.1.10. | ||
CR-SIM 1 2015 | CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 7 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 7 of 10 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | |||
For | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
For OJT/OJE | |||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, all actions are carried out at panel 2H11 | NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, all actions are carried out at panel 2H11-P601. | ||
-P601. | PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the correct procedure, PROVIDE the applicant with a copy of 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10, | ||
PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the correct procedure, PROVIDE the applicant with a copy of 34SO | : 1. Operator obtains procedure and Operator has obtained 34SO-B31-reviews the procedures precautions 001-2 and reviewed the and limitations. precautions and limitations. | ||
-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10, | NOTE: RWL indication on 2H11-P603 is not corrected. The operator must subtract 15 inches from the indicated RWL. Therefore RWL is required to be above 47 inches (32 + 15 = 47). | ||
Operator has obtained 34SO-B31-001-2 and reviewed the precautions and limitations. | : 2. Confirm RWL is greater than +32 At panel 2H11-P603, the inches. Operator VERIFIES that RWL is greater than +32 inches actual level (> 47 inches indicated). | ||
NOTE: RWL indication on 2H11 | PROMPT: IF addressed by the Operator, INFORM the Operator that Attachment 5 was complete and acceptable within the last 15 minutes. | ||
-P603 is not corrected. The operator must subtract 15 inches from the indicated RWL. Therefore RWL is required to be above 47 inches (32 + 15 = 47). | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
: 2. Confirm RWL is greater than +32 | |||
-P603, the Operator VERIFIES that RWL is greater than +32 inches actual level (> 47 inches indicated). | |||
CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 8 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
-301 Page 8 of 10 | : 3. Confirm/Close Reactor Recirc Pump Operator confirms PUMP DISCH Discharge Valve, 2B31-F031A. VLV 2B31-F031A is CLOSED, green light illuminated. | ||
: 4. Confirm ASD A START pushbutton Operator confirms ASD A indicating lamp is illuminated. START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated | |||
: 3. Confirm/Close Reactor Recirc Pump Discharge Valve, 2B31 | : 5. Visually Confirm the ASD A Operator confirms the ASD A startup temperature limits are still startup temperature limits are still acceptable. acceptable by observing temperatures on 2B31-R601 at Panel 2H11-P614. | ||
-F031A. | NOTE: The above step may not be performed, since the Initiating Cue states that Attachment 5 (checking startup temperatures) has just been performed and all temperatures are acceptable. | ||
: 4. Confirm ASD A START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated. | PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the 2B31-R601 recorder, INFORM the applicant that all temperatures are acceptable. | ||
**6. DEPRESS the ASD A START Operator depresses ASD A pushbutton. START PUSH BUTTON. | |||
: 5. Visually Confirm the ASD | : 7. Confirm the following: Operator confirms the following: | ||
* The ASD A STARTING light | |||
-R601 at Panel 2H11 | * The ASD A STARTING light illuminates illuminates. | ||
-P614. NOTE: The above step may not be performed, since the Initiating Cue states that Attachment 5 (checking startup temperatures) has just been performed and all temperatures are acceptable. | * The ASD A START light | ||
* The ASD A START light extinguishes. extinguishes. | |||
* 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A | |||
* 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, starts to JOG OPEN 2 Disch Vlv, starts to JOG seconds after the ASD A OPEN 2 seconds after the STARTING light illuminates. ASD A STARTING light illuminates. | |||
* The ASD A speed increases to | |||
* The ASD A speed increases to | |||
~370 RPM on 2B31-R660A and ~370 RPM on 2B31-R660A | |||
~22% on 2B31-R661A in about 4 and ~22% on 2B31-R661A in seconds. about 4 seconds. | |||
* The ASD A RUNNING light | |||
* The ASD A RUNNING light illuminates. illuminates. | |||
* The ASD A STARTING light | |||
* The ASD A STARTING light | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 9 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) extinguishes. extinguishes. | |||
* 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A | |||
* 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN <96 Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN seconds after the Recirc ASD A <96 seconds after the Recirc STARTING light illuminates. ASD A STARTING light illuminates. | |||
* Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000 - | |||
* Recirc A Flow, indicates 13,000 GPM on 2B31-R617. 11,000 - 13,000 GPM on 2B31-R617. | |||
* Acknowledge expected alarms | |||
* Acknowledges expected alarm 602-227, Recirc Loop B Out Of Service PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Attachment 5, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete Attachment 5. | |||
NOTE: This step may not be done due to the cooling and fault alarms coming in on the ASD.) | |||
: 8. Complete remainder of Attachment 5. Operator has verified Attachment 5 will be completed. | |||
NOTE This is where the ALTERNATE PATH starts. | |||
Simulator Operator Confirm Event Trigger EGB31-1 ACTIVATES when the green light extinguishes on 2B31-F031A. | |||
NOTE: The following cooling fault automatically occurs based on 2B31-F031A being full open. | |||
**9. Respond to annunciators: Operator places the ASD A control switch to the STOP | |||
* 602-125 ASD A Cooling position OR DEPRESSES the Trouble ASD A Shutdown pushbutton | |||
* 602-126 ASD A Cooling Fault within 5 minutes of receiving the alarms. | |||
* 602-102 ASD A FATAL FAULT END TIME:__________ | |||
CR-SIM 1 2015 | |||
-301 Page 9 of 10 | |||
extinguishes. | |||
2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN <96 seconds after the Recirc ASD A | |||
<96 seconds after the Recirc ASD A STARTING light illuminates. | |||
Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000 | |||
-R617. | |||
NOTE: This step may not be done due to the cooling and fault alarms coming in on the ASD.) | |||
: 8. Complete remainder of Attachment 5. | |||
Operator has verified Attachment 5 will be completed. | |||
NOTE This is where the ALTERNATE PATH | |||
-F031A being full open. | |||
END TIME:__________ | |||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 1 2015 | CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 10 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 10 of 10 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator has tripped or shutdown ASD A. | Operator has tripped or shutdown ASD A. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 17 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 2 (ALL) | ||
Date | Title LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 2 2015-301 18.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 17 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 01 07/31/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 06/04/91 Procedure revision JEM DHG 03 08/26/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB General revision, format change, change simulator setup, word 04 08/01/96 processor change RAB DHG Revised malfunction numbers due to new simulator computer. | ||
-301 | 05 01/18/99 SCB DHG Format modification, modify title, change time allowance based 06 02/03/00 on running average RAB DHG 07 10/31/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 08 01/03/02 Minor correction (shift from PEO to SO) RLS DHG 09 02/26/02 Include initial opertor statement RAB RAB Deleted S from procedure numbers, changed Revision and 10 02/24/05 Rev. numbers to Current Version, changed Reactor Operator BEB DHG to Nuclear Plant Operator, changed IC #131 for Simulator Setup, added 1E11-F028A(B) and 2E11-F028A(B) to step #2 for U1 and U2 JPMs due to valves listed in procedure. | ||
SCB DHG | Revised Initial License statement for successful completion 11 05/31/05 RAB RAB 12 04/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 12.1 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. | ||
RLS DHG 09 02/26/02 Include initial opertor statement RAB RAB | Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-06.11 (New Media Number) after NRC Exam. | ||
-F028A(B) and 2E11 | |||
-F028A(B) to step #2 for U1 and U2 | |||
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 17 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 4 of 17 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 2 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: This task shall be completed when the lineup to lower RWL using the RHR System is per 31EO-EOP-106. | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | TASK NUMBER: 006.011 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 006.011.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
-301 Page 4 of 17 | RO 3.22 SRO 3.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 295031EA101 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM JPM NUMBER: | RO 4.40 SRO 4.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | ||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | GENERAL | ||
-301 | |||
This task shall be completed when the lineup to lower RWL using the RHR System is per 31EO | |||
-EOP-106. TASK NUMBER: | |||
006.011 | |||
006.011.O | |||
RO 3.22 SRO 3.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | |||
295031EA101 | |||
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | |||
: | |||
RO 4.40 SRO 4.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | |||
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-106-1 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version) (current version) 31EO-EOP-016-1 31EO-EOP-016-2 (current version) (current version) | |||
EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit) Uncovery Time Limit) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-106-1 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version) (current version) | |||
EOP Graph Book EOP Graph Book APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 18.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 5 of 17 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #131 or SNAP 612 and leave in FREEZE. | |||
: 2. ACTIVATE THE FOLLOWING EVENT TRIGGERS: | |||
Trigger # DESCRIPTION CONDITIONS E11-? | |||
-301 Page 5 of 17 | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC # | |||
Trigger # DESCRIPTION CONDITIONS E11-? | |||
: 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: | : 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: | ||
Key # MALF # TITLE FINAL | Key # MALF # TITLE FINAL RAMP ACT. | ||
VALUE RATE TIME | |||
: 4. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | : 4. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | ||
OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY | OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY | ||
: 5. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS: | : 5. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS: | ||
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfE11282 2E11-F028A/B Intk with F006A/C ORIDE CR-SIM 2 2015 | REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfE11282 2E11-F028A/B Intk with F006A/C ORIDE | ||
-301 Page 6 of 17 | |||
TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. TIME aoB21-R605 P Reactor Level (0 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 6 of 17 | ||
- 400) 0 0 aoC32-R655 L Reactor Level (0 | : 6. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES: | ||
- 200) 200 0 | TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. | ||
A. Take RHR out of shutdown cooling and close 2E11 | TIME aoB21-R605 P Reactor Level (0 - 400) 0 0 aoC32-R655 L Reactor Level (0 - 200) 200 0 | ||
-F008 and 2E11 | : 7. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: | ||
-F009. B. Close MSIVs, HPCI, RCIC isolations and open seven ADS valves. Start CS and RHR to flood the Reactor. | A. Take RHR out of shutdown cooling and close 2E11-F008 and 2E11-F009. | ||
B. Close MSIVs, HPCI, RCIC isolations and open seven ADS valves. Start CS and RHR to flood the Reactor. | |||
C. When R655 is UPSCALE, stop all ECCS. | C. When R655 is UPSCALE, stop all ECCS. | ||
D. Acknowledge all annunciators. | D. Acknowledge all annunciators. | ||
: 8. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the crew assumes the shift. | : 8. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the crew assumes the shift. | ||
: 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME | : 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 20 Minutes | ||
: 20 Minutes | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. An event has occurred on Unit 2 and Reactor flooding has been performed. | : 1. An event has occurred on Unit 2 and Reactor flooding has been performed. | ||
: 2. Conditions have been satisfied for terminating injection and restoring RWL indication. | : 2. Conditions have been satisfied for terminating injection and restoring RWL indication. | ||
: 3. 31EO-EOP-016-2 , (CP-2), is in progress. | : 3. 31EO-EOP-016-2, (CP-2), is in progress. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Lower RWL with Loop | Lower RWL with Loop B, of RHR System using 31EO-EOP-106-2. | ||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 8 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 8 of 17 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2B, perform Steps 1 - | NOTE: If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2B, perform Steps 1 - 18. | ||
: 1. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B | If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2D, perform Steps 19 - 35. | ||
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11 | PROMPT: IF the operator addresses which RHR loop is to be used, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the RHR Loop B should be used. | ||
-C002B and D are stopped, green light illuminated. | : 1. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B At panel 2H11-P601, RHR pumps. PUMP, 2E11-C002B and D are stopped, green light illuminated. | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: Panel 2H11 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 9 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-P601 Panel 2H11 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
-P602 | : 2. Confirm/Close the following valves: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green 2E11-F004B light illuminated: | ||
-F008 and | 2E11-F017B TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F004B 2E11-F016B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F024B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F027B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F028B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B 2E11-F010 FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable. | ||
PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed. | |||
IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, E11-F010 Breaker Rackout, to IN. | |||
**3. Reset valve isolations. GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: | |||
Panel 2H11-P601 Panel 2H11-P602 NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will not open. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 10 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 10 of 17 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
**4. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F008. At panel 2H11-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
**5. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009. At panel 2H11-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11 | : 6. Confirm open: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red 2E11-F003B light illuminated: | ||
-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated. | 2E11-F047B HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B | ||
**7. Open valve 2E11-F006B. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
-F009. At panel 2H11 | |||
-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11 | |||
-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
: 6. Confirm open: | |||
HX OUTLET VLV, | |||
-F006B. At panel 2H11 | |||
-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics. | NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics. | ||
**8. Place the Keylock Control Switch for At panel 2H11-P601, the Keylock 2E11-F028B to open. Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B, is OPEN. | |||
At panel 2H11 | : 9. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Operator has CALLED the Shift Or Test Vlv, 2E11-F028B. Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. | ||
-P601, the Keylock Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV , | NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve. | ||
2E11-F028B, is OPEN. 9. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Or Test Vlv, 2E11 | NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 rfE11282, 2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C, to ORIDE to open F028B. | ||
- | PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed. | ||
-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed. | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 11 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 11 of 17 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
: 10. Confirm open 2E11-F028B. At panel 2H11-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
: 10. Confirm open 2E11 | THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11-C002B or D switch selected is failed. | ||
- | Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure. | ||
-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11 | : 11. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002B is NOT running, green light illuminated. | ||
-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor. (EITHER is acceptable) | ||
THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11 | : 12. May confirm Open the following: These valves were previously 2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve confirmed at steps 4, 5, & 6. | ||
-C002B or D switch selected is failed. | 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet | ||
Event Triggers | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
: 11. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11 | |||
-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11 | |||
-C002B is NOT running, green light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor. | |||
: 12. May confirm Open the following: | |||
2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11- | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 12 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 12 of 17 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
: 13. Confirm/close the following valves: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green 2E11-F004D light illuminated: | |||
: 13. Confirm/close the following valves: | 2E11-F017B TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F004D 2E11-F016B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F024B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F027B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F028B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B 2E11-F010 FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 | ||
-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated: | **14. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated. | ||
TORUS SUCTION VLV, | **15. Start RHR pump 2D. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is running, red light illuminated. | ||
- | **16. Open/throttle open valve At panel 2H11-P601, the FULL 2E11-F024B. FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | ||
-F006D. At panel 2H11 | PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down. | ||
-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated. | **17. Close 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated. | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
At panel 2H11 | |||
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11 | |||
-C002D is running, red light illuminated. | |||
-P601, the FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down. | |||
- | |||
-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated. | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 13 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 13 of 17 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
**18. Stop RHR pump At panel 2H11-P601, RHR 2E11-C002D. PUMP, 2E11-C002D is STOPPED, green light illuminated. | |||
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11 | |||
-C002D is STOPPED, green light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: GO to PROMPT after Step 35 to complete the JPM. | NOTE: GO to PROMPT after Step 35 to complete the JPM. | ||
: 19. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B At panel 2H11-P601, RHR pumps. PUMP, 2E11-C002B and D) are stopped, green light illuminated. | |||
: 20. Confirm/close the following valves: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green 2E11-F004D light illuminated: | |||
2E11-F017B TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F004D 2E11-F016B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F024B 2E11-F017(B) 2E11-F027B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F028B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B 2E11-F010 FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable. | |||
PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 14 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
- | # (COMMENTS) | ||
- | IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, E11-F010 Breaker Rackout, to IN. | ||
2 | **21. Reset valve isolations. GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels: | ||
2E11- | Panel 2H11-P601 Panel 2H11-P602 NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will NOT open. | ||
-P601, the following valves are | **22. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F008. At panel 2H11-P601, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F008 is OPEN, red light illuminated. | ||
**23. Open SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009. At panel 2H11-P602, SDC SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F009 is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
- | : 24. Confirm open: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red 2E11-F003B light illuminated: | ||
2E11-F047B HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B | |||
**25. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics. | |||
**26. Place the Keylock Control Switch for At panel 2H11-P601, the Keylock 2E11-F028B to open. Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B, is OPEN. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 15 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page | # (COMMENTS) | ||
**27. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Operator has CALLED the Shift Or Test Vlv, 2E11-F028B. Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. | |||
NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve. | |||
NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 RFE11282, 2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C, to ORIDE to open F028B. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed. | |||
: 28. Confirm open 2E11-F028B. At panel 2H11-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11-C002B or D switch selected is failed. | |||
Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure. | |||
: 29. Start RHR pump 2D. At panel 2H11-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is NOT running, green light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor. (EITHER is acceptable) | |||
: 30. May confirm Open the following: These valves were previously 2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve confirmed at steps 22, 23, & 24. | |||
2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
-F028B. | |||
-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C. NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve. | |||
NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 RFE11282, | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed. | |||
: 28. Confirm open 2E11 | |||
-F028B. At panel 2H11 | |||
-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11 | |||
-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated. THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11 | |||
-C002B or D switch selected is failed. | |||
Event Triggers | |||
: 29. Start RHR pump 2D. | |||
At panel 2H11 | |||
-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11 | |||
-C002D is NOT running, green light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor. | |||
: 30. May confirm Open the following: | |||
2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11- | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 16 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 16 of 17 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
: 31. Confirm/close the following valves: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green 2E11-F004B light illuminated: | |||
: 31. Confirm/close the following valves | 2E11-F017B TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F004B 2E11-F016B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F024B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F027B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F028B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B 2E11-F010 FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 | ||
: | **32. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated. | ||
-P601, the following valves are closed, green light illuminated: | **33. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is running, red light illuminated. | ||
TORUS SUCTION VLV, | **33. Open/throttle open valve At panel 2H11-P601, the FULL 2E11-F024B. FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | ||
- | PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down. | ||
-F006D. At panel 2H11 | **34. Close 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated. | ||
-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV , | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated. | |||
At panel 2H11 | |||
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11 | |||
-C002D is running, red light illuminated. | |||
-P601, the FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B | |||
PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down. | |||
-F024B. At panel 2H11 | |||
-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated. | |||
CR-SIM 2 2015 | CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 17 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 17 of | # (COMMENTS) | ||
**35. Stop RHR pump At panel 2H11-P601, RHR 2E11-C002B. PUMP, 2E11-C002B is STOPPED, green light illuminated. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses removing the jumpers to close the 2E11-F028B valve, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that you will have some one else remove the jumpers and close the valve. | |||
-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11 | PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration to the standby lineup, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is not desired at this time. | ||
-C002B is STOPPED, green light illuminated. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses removing the jumpers to close the 2E11-F028B valve, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that you will have some one else remove the jumpers and close the valve. | |||
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration to the standby lineup, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is not desired at this time. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 3 (ALL) | ||
Date | Title ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 3 2015-301 20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 11 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 07/05/96 Initial development RAB SMC 01 03/05/99 Revised due to new simulator computer. SCB DHG 02 02/07/00 Format modification RAB DHG 03 11/02/00 Include objective number, TLB comment, changed RAB DHG required oil temperature for Step 33 04 01/03/02 Procedure changes RLS DHG 05 03/11/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 06 03/08/05 Changed RO to NPO, added statement ensuring the ELJ RAB procedure is the current version, changed procedure designations from -2S to -2, changed setup from IC 106 to IC 108. | ||
-301 | 07 06/13/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 8.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009-302 Exam FNF CME 8.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to CR-Sim 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. | ||
SCB DHG 02 02/07/00 Format modification RAB DHG 03 11/02/00 Include objective number, TLB comment, changed required oil temperature for Step 33 | Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-17.15-8.3 after NRC Exam. | ||
-2S to -2, changed setup from IC 106 to IC 108. | |||
-302 Exam FNF CME 8.2 | |||
-JP-17.15-8.3 after NRC Exam. | |||
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 11 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 4 of 11 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 3 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Main Turbine has been rolled from 800 to 1800 rpm per 34SO-N30-001-2. | |||
TASK NUMBER: 017.015 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 017.015.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
NPO 2.25 SRO 2.83 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 245000A4.06 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
NPO 2.7 SRO 2.6 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-2 (current version) 34SO-N30-001-2 (current version) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 34SO-N30-001-2 (current version) | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 20.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE | |||
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 5 of 11 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #108 and place in RUN. | |||
-301 Page 5 of 11 | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #108 and place in RUN. | |||
: 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | : 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | ||
OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY loN34-C003G1 | OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY loN34-C003G1 MOTOR SUCT PMP ON 1 loN34-C003R2 MOTOR SUCT PMP OFF 1 loN34-C005G1 TURN GEAR OIL PMP ON 1 loN34-C005R2 TURN GEAR OIL PMP OFF 1 | ||
: 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTION: | : 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTION: | ||
MALF # DESCRIPTION FINAL RAMP DELAY KEY mfN34_140 Main Turbine Quill Shaft Oil Pump Fail 9999 2 mfN34_153 Loss of Turbine Bearing Oil Pres (Var) 100 10,000 9999 2 | MALF # DESCRIPTION FINAL RAMP DELAY KEY mfN34_140 Main Turbine Quill Shaft Oil Pump Fail 9999 2 mfN34_153 Loss of Turbine Bearing Oil Pres (Var) 100 10,000 9999 2 | ||
: 4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information: | : 4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information: | ||
(NOTE: Use Windows Notepad to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the ET INFORMATION and SCN INFORMATION into the appropriate files. | |||
SCN/ET | Copy the 4 files into the simulators Hatch/Instr/ET directory). | ||
SCN/ET ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION NAME EGN34-01.scn ;TG Oil Pump to RUN Deletes MF and DMF mfN34_153; EGN34-01.et OR DOR loN34-C005G1; diN34-C005.aivToPanel=2 DOR loN34-C005R2; EGN34-02.scn ;Motor Suction Pump to RUN Deletes DMF mfN34_153; EGN34-02.et MF and OR DOR loN34-C003G1; diN34-C003.aivToPanel=2 DOR loN34-C003R2; | |||
: 5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGN34-01 and EGN34-02. | |||
: 6. INCREASE Turbine Oil setpoint to 115 deg F. | : 6. INCREASE Turbine Oil setpoint to 115 deg F. | ||
: 7. START Motor Suction Pump. | : 7. START Motor Suction Pump. | ||
NOTE: The Turbine will trip at 1300 RPM if the Motor Suction Pump is NOT running. 8. SELECT a Turbine Speed of 800 RPM, Acceleration FAST. | NOTE: The Turbine will trip at 1300 RPM if the Motor Suction Pump is NOT running. | ||
: 8. SELECT a Turbine Speed of 800 RPM, Acceleration FAST. | |||
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 11 | |||
: 9. AFTER Turbine is at 800 RPM select Acceleration MED. | |||
: 10. SELECT the EX2100 screen and place Regulator Control in Auto. | |||
: 11. SELECT the Control Speed screen (the normal Turbine Speed/Acceleration Screen). | |||
: 12. WITH the Turbine at 800 RPM, PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | |||
: 13. Markup 34SO-N30-001-2 up to, but not including, step 7.1.5.41. Ensure proper marking techniques are used for completed steps. | |||
: 14. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. A plant startup is in progress. | : 1. A plant startup is in progress. | ||
: 2. The Turbine Vibration Trip Bypass switch is in NORMAL | : 2. The Turbine Vibration Trip Bypass switch is in NORMAL | ||
: 3. The Main Turbine is rolling at 800 RPM to increase lube oil temperatures. | : 3. The Main Turbine is rolling at 800 RPM to increase lube oil temperatures. | ||
: 4. Lube Oil temperatures have increased sufficiently. | : 4. Lube Oil temperatures have increased sufficiently. | ||
: 5. 34SO-N30-001-2, | : 5. 34SO-N30-001-2, Main Turbine Operations, is complete up to Step 7.1.5.40 | ||
: 6. It is not desired to perform any checks of the turbine at 800 rpm or 1500 rpm. | : 6. It is not desired to perform any checks of the turbine at 800 rpm or 1500 rpm. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Increase the Main Turbine speed to 1800 RPM and continue turbine startup IAW 34SO-N30-001-2, starting at Step 7.1.5. | Increase the Main Turbine speed to 1800 RPM and continue turbine startup IAW 34SO-N30-001-2, starting at Step 7.1.5.43 | ||
CR-SIM 3 2015 | CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 8 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 8 of 11 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: All manipulations are performed at 2H11 | NOTE: All manipulations are performed at 2H11-P650 unless otherwise indicated. | ||
-P650 unless otherwise indicated. | : 1. Operator obtains the procedure needed Operator has obtained to perform the task 34SO-N30-001-2 and refers to section 7.1.5.40 and then to 7.1.5.43. | ||
: 1. Operator obtains the procedure needed to perform the task | PROMPT: IF the operator asks about selection of an acceleration rate, THEN inform him to select MED. | ||
**2. SELECT Speed of 1800 RPM. SELECT Speed Cmd RPM | |||
**Rated (1800)** | |||
: 3. Once 900 rpm is reached STOP the Operator, at 900 rpm, stops the Shaft Lift Pumps. Shaft Lift Pumps by placing the control switch in OFF PULL TO LOCK. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 9 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
SELECT Speed | PROMPT: it is desired to maintain the regulator in MANUAL and prevent autostart of the EX 2100 , | ||
THEN inform him to select MED. | |||
**4. SELECT **Manual** for Regulator Operator selects **Manual** for Control on the EX2100 screen. Regulator Control on the EX2100 screen. | |||
: 5. At 1000 rpm, select Acceleration Operator, at 1000 RPM, selects RPM/min Fast (180) Speed Control, Acceleration RPM/min Fast (180) | |||
: 6. At 1200 rpm, SELECT Speed Control, Operator leaves Speed Control, Acceleration rpm/min desired rate: Acceleration RPM/min selected Med (90) OR Fast (180). to Fast (180). | |||
PROMPT: IF Operator inquires as to desired acceleration rate at 1200 rpm, THEN inform the operator that FAST (180) is the correct rate. | |||
: 7. OBSERVE Turbine Speed increase Operator observes Turbine Speed and levels at approximately 1800 rpm increase and stabilize at approximately 1800 rpm on the DEHC screen. | |||
: 8. CONFIRM annunciator 650-150, Operator confirms annunciator TURB SUPV TRIP BYPASS TURB 650-150, TURB SUPV TRIP VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear. BYPASS TURB VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear. | |||
NOTE: May receive TURB SHAFT PUMP DISCH PRESS LOW, 651-104, alarm as the Main Turbine increases speed. It is acceptable AFTER the operator reviews the ARP to continue with the Main Turbine startup, if asked. | |||
: 9. CONFIRM Main Shaft Pump Operator confirms Main Shaft Discharge pressure is between 210 Pump Discharge pressure is and 250 PSIG between 210 and 250 PSIG on the | |||
**Monitor** **lube oil** | |||
screen. | |||
: 10. Stop 2N34-C003, Motor Suction Operator stops 2N34-C003, Pump Motor Suction Pump by placing its control switch to OFF. | |||
: 11. PLACE 2N34-C003 in the AUTO Operator places control switch for START position 2N34-C003 in the AUTO START position | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 12. STOP 2N34-C005, Turbine Turning Operator stops 2N34-C005, Gear Oil Pump Turbine Turning Gear Oil Pump by placing its control switch to OFF. | |||
-301 Page | : 13. PLACE 2N34-C005 in the AUTO Operator places control switch for START position. 2N34-C005 in the AUTO START position. | ||
: 14. CONFIRM 2N39-C001, Turbine Operator confirms the control Turning Gear Motor control switch, is switch for 2N39-C001, Turbine in the AUTO PULL position. Turning Gear Motor control switch, is in the AUTO PULL position. | |||
: 15. PLACE the Shaft Lift Pumps control Operator places the Shaft Lift switch in the AUTO START Position. Pumps control switch in the AUTO START Position. | |||
: 16. CONFIRM 2P41-R610, Main Turbine Operator confirms on 2P41-R610, Lube Oil Temp, is between 110°F and that Main Turbine Lube Oil Temp 120°F is between 110°F and 120°F. | |||
Operator | THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE: | ||
Simulator Instructor NOTE: | |||
: | FIRST: Ensure oil pumps have been manually turned off by the operator, INCLUDING the lift pumps being OFF and Placed in AUTO, then ACTIVATE overrides (RB 1)/Event Triggers for the lube oil pumps are already activated. | ||
SECOND: ACTIVATE Quill Shaft Failure malfunction (RB 2) | |||
: 17. Respond to Quill Shaft Failure Operator refers to annunciator annunciator. procedure 650-152 for Quill Shaft Failure. | |||
: 18. Confirm Turbine 200 psig oil pressure Operator observes that Turbine is below 60 psig. 200 psig oil pressure is below 60 psig as indicated by 2N34-R601C. | |||
: | **19. Start TGOP. Operator starts the TGOP by placing its control switch to RUN. | ||
: | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
- | |||
Operator confirms | |||
NOTE: | |||
. | |||
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 11 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
NOTE: The TGOP is required for lift pump operation. IAW 34SO-N30-001-2 precaution 5.2.8, No more than two shaft lift pumps may be OFF WHEN turbine speed is < 900 RPM. | |||
-301 Page | **20. Start MSP. Operator starts the MSP by placing its control switch to RUN | ||
: 21. If Turbine Trips, enter 34SO-N30- Operator refers to 34SO-N30-001-2. 001-2. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN operator refers to 34SO-N30-001-2, THEN inform the operator that another operator will carry out the actions for a Turbine Trip. | |||
NOTE: The TGOP is required for lift pump operation. IAW 34SO | |||
-N30-001-2 precaution 5.2.8, | |||
-N30- | |||
-N30-001-2. PROMPT: WHEN operator refers to 34SO | |||
-N30-001-2, THEN inform the operator that another operator will carry out the actions for a Turbine Trip. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator has started lube oil pumps and has entered | Operator has started lube oil pumps and has entered 34SO-N30-001-2 for a Turbine Trip. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | |||
34SO-N30-001-2 for a Turbine Trip. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | |||
We will stop here. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 9 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 4 (ALL) | ||
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 | Title PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 4 2015-301 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Date | Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 9 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 01 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to CR-Sim 4 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. | ||
-301 | Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-05.15-01 after NRC Exam. | ||
2 | |||
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 9 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors 3 | |||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 4 of 9 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 4 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task will be met when HPCI has been placed in pressure control mode. | |||
TASK NUMBER: 005.015 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 005.015.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
RO 3.8 SRO 3.8 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 206000A4.06 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
RO 4.3 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 2 31EO-EOP-107-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 31EO-EOP-107-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE | |||
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 5 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to a 100% IC or SNAP 614 and leave in FREEZE. | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to a 100% IC or SNAP 614 and leave in FREEZE. | |||
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: | : 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: | ||
MALF # | MALF # TITLE FINAL RAMP ACT. | ||
VALUE RATE TIME NONE | |||
: 3. INSERT the following SIMULATOR VALUE OVERRIDES (SVO): | : 3. INSERT the following SIMULATOR VALUE OVERRIDES (SVO): | ||
SVO # DESCRIPTION FINAL | SVO # DESCRIPTION FINAL RAMP ACT. | ||
VALUE RATE TIME NONE | |||
: 4. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS: | : 4. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS: | ||
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS NONE | REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS NONE | ||
: 5. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES: | : 5. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES: | ||
TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. TIME RFE41_153 | TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT. | ||
TIME RFE41_153 HPCI TORUS SUCTION BYPASS OVRD 0000 | |||
: 6. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: | : 6. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: | ||
A. From 100% power insert a manual scram. | A. From 100% power insert a manual scram. | ||
B. Perform RC | B. Perform RC-1 and RC-2. | ||
-1 and RC-2. C. Allow the plant to stabilize with turbine bypass valves controlling reactor pressure and RFPTs controlling water level. | C. Allow the plant to stabilize with turbine bypass valves controlling reactor pressure and RFPTs controlling water level. | ||
D. Ensure HPCI is in standby with NO initiation signal present. | D. Ensure HPCI is in standby with NO initiation signal present. | ||
E. RESET Scram. | E. RESET Scram. | ||
: 7. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | : 7. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | ||
: 8. PLACE DANGER TAGS on the following equipment: | : 8. PLACE DANGER TAGS on the following equipment: | ||
MPL # COMPONENT TAGGED POSITION NONE | MPL # COMPONENT TAGGED POSITION NONE | ||
: 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME | : 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 5 | ||
: 15 | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. The unit has been scrammed to allow work on an EHC system leak | : 1. The unit has been scrammed to allow work on an EHC system leak | ||
: 2. RFPTs are controlling reactor water level. | : 2. RFPTs are controlling reactor water level. | ||
: 3. The HPCI High Torus Level Suction Swap has been over | : 3. The HPCI High Torus Level Suction Swap has been over-ridden per 31EO-EOP-100-2. | ||
-ridden per 31EO-EOP-100-2. | |||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Place HPCI in Pressure Control Mode per 31EO | Place HPCI in Pressure Control Mode per 31EO-EOP-107-2, ALTERNATE RPV PRESSURE CONTROL and control reactor pressure between 500 and 800 psig. | ||
-EOP-107-2, | |||
CR-SIM 4 2015 | CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 7 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 7 of 9 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
1, Reset the HPCI initiation signal, IF the HPCI initiation cannot be reset, THEN do NOT perform this section. | 1, Reset the HPCI initiation signal, IF Confirm a HPCI initiation signal the HPCI initiation cannot be reset, does not exist by verifying the THEN do NOT perform this section. HPCI auto initiation light is not illuminated On 2H11-P601. | ||
: 2. IF HPCI system isolation has occurred Confirm a HPCI isolation does and the isolation signal has cleared, not exist by verifying the HPCI THEN take HPCI Auto Isolation isolation alarms are not Signal A (B) switches to RESET. illuminated and that 2E41-F002 and 2E41-F003 are open, red OR lights illuminated On 2H11-P601 IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and CANNOT be reset, DO NOT continue with this subsection. | |||
-P601. 2. IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and the isolation signal has cleared, THEN take HPCI Auto Isolation Signal A (B) switches to RESET. | : 3. To maintian HPCI suction source Student is informed in the aligned to the CST, override the HPCI turnover that this function has high torus level suction swap per been overridden. | ||
OR IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and CANNOT be reset, DO NOT continue with this subsection. | 31EO-EOP-100-2, section 3.5. | ||
CR-SIM 4 2015 | CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 8 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page | # (COMMENTS) | ||
: 4. Confirm OPEN/ Verify the red light is illuminated for the following valves; 2E41-F029, Steam Line Drain 2E41-F029, panel 2H11-P601 2E41-F003, Outbd Steam Isol 2E41-F003, panel 2H11-P601 2E41-F028, Steam Line Drain 2E41-F028, panel 2H11-P602. | |||
-F008, Test to CST | : 5. Confirm OPEN 2E41-F002, Inboard On 2H11-P601, verify 2E41-F002 Steam Isolation Valve. is open, red light illuminated. | ||
On 2H11-P601, the operator | **6. OPEN 2E41-F059, Lube Oil Cooling On 2H11-P601, the operator Wtr Valve. places the switch 2E41-F059 to open, red light illuminates. | ||
- | : 7. START HPCI Vacuum Pump. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for the HPCI vacuum pump to start. | ||
: 8. Confirm CLOSED 2E41-F006, Pump On 2H11-P601, the operator Discharge Valve. verifies 2E41-F006 is closed, green light illuminated. | |||
**9. OPEN 2E41-F008, Test to CST On 2H11-P601, the operator Valve. places the switch for 2E41-F008 to the open position, red light illuminates. | |||
**10. OPEN 2E41-F011, Test to CST On 2H11-P601, the operator Valve. places the switch for 2E41-F011 to the open position, red light illuminates. | |||
**11. OPEN 2E41-F001, Turbine Steam On 2H11-P601, the operator Supply Valve. places the switch for 2E41-F001 to the open position, red light illuminates. | |||
NOTE: If the Aux Oil Pump is not started until after the 2E41-F001 is full open the following annunciators will be received: | |||
* 601-103, HPCI TURBINE TRIP. | |||
* 601-112, HPCI TURBINE BRG OIL PRESS LOW. | |||
* 601-231, HPCI PUMP DISCHARGE FLOW LOW. | |||
**12. START the HPCI Auxiliary Oil On 2H11-P601, the operator Pump. places the switch for the HPCI Auxiliary Pump to start position, red light illuminates. | |||
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 9 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**13. Control HPCI turbine speed/system On 2H11-P601, the operator flow, and IF necessary throttle 2E41- adjust HPCI flow controller F008, Test to CST Vlv, to control 2E41-R612 and/or throttles 2E41-Reactor pressure. F008 to control reactor pressure. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
Reactor pressure is being controlled between 500 psig and 800 psig. With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | Reactor pressure is being controlled between 500 psig and 800 psig. | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | |||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 5 (ALL) | ||
Date | Title INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 5 2015-301 12.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 12 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 01 08/01/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 05/24/91 General/procedure revision JLA DHG 03 08/18/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB 04 06/23/93 Task change, rename, procedure change, word processor change RAB RSG 05 12/02/93 Change initiating cue to a command, change valve naming to RAB SMC match the plant 06 06/17/96 Format change, modify time allowance RAB RSG 07 02/04/00 Format modification, title change, change time allowance based RAB DHG on running average 08 11/02/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 09 01/03/02 Change Unit 2 control pressure to 56 psig. RLS DHG 10 03/07/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 11 03/01/05 Update procedure numbers and operator applicability TFP DHG 12 06/02/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 13 04/07/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 14 09/21/09 Added HU steps, changed to add and identify critical steps to CLN/ADY ALD match procedure. | ||
-301 | 14.1 08/02/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Changed prompt for MMG ALS Unit 1 to pressure is 54 psig and decreasing which would require additional venting. Changed prompt for Unit 2 to pressure is 56 psig and decreasing which would require additional venting. | ||
RLS DHG 10 03/07/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 11 03/01/05 Update procedure numbers and operator applicability TFP DHG 12 06/02/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 13 04/07/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 14 09/21/09 Added HU steps, changed to add and identify critical steps to match procedure. | 14.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Sim 5, removed Unit 1 section and deleted Fundamental Review Question. ALL will be added ARB back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. | ||
2 | |||
Changed prompt for Unit 1 to | |||
Changed prompt for Unit 2 to | |||
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 12 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG 3 | |||
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) | |||
-301 Page 4 of 12 | TASK TITLE: INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 5 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: This task shall be completed when the Torus is lined up to vent via the Emergency Vent per 31EO-EOP-101. | ||
: INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH JPM NUMBER: | TASK NUMBER: 013.053 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 013.053.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
CR-SIM 5 2015 | RO 4.14 SRO 4.50 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 223001A207 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
-301 | RO 4.20 SRO 4.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | ||
This task shall be completed when the Torus is lined up to vent via the Emergency Vent per 31EO | GENERAL | ||
-EOP-101. TASK NUMBER: | |||
013.053 | |||
013.053.O | |||
RO 4.14 SRO 4.50 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | |||
223001A207 | |||
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | |||
: | |||
RO 4.20 SRO 4.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | |||
Nuclear Plant Operator | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-T48-002-1 34SO-T48-002-2 31EO-EOP-101-1 31EO-EOP-101-2 31EO-EOP-012-1 31EO-EOP-012-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-101-1 31EO-EOP-101-2 (current version) (current version) | |||
Designated jumpers(2) in EOP Designated jumpers(2) in EOP jumper book jumper book Screwdriver or nutdriver Screwdriver or nutdriver APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 12.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE | |||
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 5 of 12 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to 100% RTP IC or SNAP 615 and leave in FREEZE. | |||
: 2. INSERT the following Event Triggers: | |||
ET # Description EGT48-2 Modifies & increases Containment pressures when CAD B started and inserts EGT48-3 EGT48-3 Modifies & decreases Containment pressures when F082 is opened | |||
: 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | |||
Activator TAG # S/M/L DESCRIPTION Final Ramp Delay Value Rate ST-0 aoB21-R623AP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys A - Rx Press 15 100 ST-0 aoB21-R623BP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys B - Rx Press 15 100 ST-0 aoT48-R601AP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R601BP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R607AP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100 ST-0 aoT48-R607BP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100 ST-0 aoT48-R608P1 M DW Press Abnormal 58 100 ST-0 aoT48-R608P2 M Torus Press Abnormal 56 100 ST-0 aoT48-R609P1 M DW Press Abnormal 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R609P2 M Torus Press Abnormal 49 100 ST-0 aoT48-R631A M DW Press 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R631B M DW Press 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R632A M Torus Press 49 100 ST-0 aoT48-R632B M Torus Press 49 100 | |||
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 | |||
: 3. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS: | |||
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfT48_278 T48- F307, F308, F309, F324, F318, F319, F320, & F326 ORIDE | |||
-301 Page | : 4. INSERT the following Malfunctions: | ||
Activator MALF # TITLE FINAL RAMP DELAY VALUE RATE ST-0 mfB21_123A MSL A Break (before restrictor) 0.15 1000 0000 | |||
: | : 5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: | ||
A. Perform RC-1, 2, & 3 B. Start SBGT System 2A with suction from the Reactor Building. | |||
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfT48_278 T48- F307, F308, F309, F324, F318, F319, F320, & F326 ORIDE | |||
Activator MALF # TITLE FINAL VALUE | |||
A. Perform RC-1, 2, & 3 B. Start SBGT System | |||
C. Allow the Simulator to run until the plant is in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve. | C. Allow the Simulator to run until the plant is in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve. | ||
D. When in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve, close the MSIVs and open the ADS valves. | D. When in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve, close the MSIVs and open the ADS valves. | ||
E. Maintain RWL around | E. Maintain RWL around 0 inches with Condensate. | ||
F. TURN OFF THE SPDS SCREENS. | F. TURN OFF THE SPDS SCREENS. | ||
G. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators. | G. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators. | ||
: 6. RUN SCENARIO FILE and EVENT TRIGGER (current rev) 2015-301- | : 6. RUN SCENARIO FILE and EVENT TRIGGER (current rev) 2015-301-615 | ||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. Unit 2 Torus pressure is above the Pressure Suppression Pressure. | : 1. Unit 2 Torus pressure is above the Pressure Suppression Pressure. | ||
: 2. 31EO-EOP-012-2 (PC) is in progress. | : 2. 31EO-EOP-012-2 (PC) is in progress. | ||
: 3. Standby Gas Treatment is in operation, taking suction from the Reactor Building and Refueling Floor | : 3. Standby Gas Treatment is in operation, taking suction from the Reactor Building and Refueling Floor. | ||
: 4. Normal AC Power has just been restored. | |||
: 5. Torus Venting with CAD is desired and Torus pressure is 48 psig and increasing slowly. | : 5. Torus Venting with CAD is desired and Torus pressure is 48 psig and increasing slowly. | ||
: 6. CAD Loop A is unavailable and can NOT be used. | : 6. CAD Loop A is unavailable and can NOT be used. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Perform Torus venting with CAD Loop B using 31EO | Perform Torus venting with CAD Loop B using 31EO-EOP-101-2, Emergency Containment Venting, Step 3.1. | ||
-EOP-101-2, Emergency Containment Venting , Step 3.1. | |||
CR-SIM 5 2015 | CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 8 of 12 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
: 1. Operator identifies the materials that | : 1. Operator identifies the materials that Operator identifies the required are required. materials and where to obtain them. | ||
Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. | **2. Defeat the High Drywell Pressure At panel 2H11-P654, the operator Isolation signal. PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for: | ||
At panel 2H11 | High Drywell Press, 2T48-F332B High Drywell Press, 2T48-F333B | ||
- | **3. Defeat the Low RPV Level Isolation At panel 2H11-P654, the operator signal. PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for: | ||
- | Low RPV Level, 2T48-F332B Low RPV Level, 2T48-F333B | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
- | |||
Low RPV Level, 2T48 | CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 9 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
- | # (COMMENTS) | ||
-301 Page 9 of 12 | **4. Defeat the Reactor Building High At panel 2H11-P654, the operator Radiation Isolation signal. PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for: | ||
Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48-F332B Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48-F333B | |||
**5. Defeat the Refuel Floor High At panel 2H11-P654, the operator Radiation Isolation signal. PLACES the keylock PCIS Override Switches to OVERRIDE for: | |||
At panel 2H11 | Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F332B Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F333B | ||
- | **6. Open Torus 2 Vent valve, At panel 2H11-P654: TORUS 2T48-F332B. VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48-F332B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | ||
Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48 | **7. Open Torus 2 Vent valve, At panel 2H11-P654: TORUS 2T48-F333B. VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48-F333B is OPEN, red light illuminated. | ||
- | **8. Using Torus Flow Controller, At panel 2H11-P654, the operator 2T48-R616B, Open Torus Vent Flow Operates 2T48-R616B, Torus Control Valve, 2T48-F337B. Vent Flow Cntl Vlv 2T48-F337B, as required to maintain Suppression Chamber pressure below 56 psig. | ||
: 9. Monitor Torus Pressure indication At panel 2H11-P657 (P654), | |||
At panel 2H11 | Torus pressure is being monitored by the operator. | ||
- | |||
Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48- | |||
- | |||
- | |||
- | |||
- | |||
- | |||
- | |||
: 9. Monitor Torus Pressure indication At panel 2H11 | |||
-P657 (P654), Torus pressure is being monitored by the operator. | |||
THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE: | THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE: | ||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is | PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 57 psig and slowly increasing. | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
PROMPT: IF the operator | CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 10. Operator evaluates the need to Operator transitions to step 3.2 to transition to step 3.2 to use the Torus use the Torus emergency vent emergency vent path. path PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that another operator is monitoring the NPSH curves for RHR and Core Spray. | |||
PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, INFORM the operator that normal AC power and Non-interruptible air are available. | |||
**11. Close SBGT Inlet Isolation Valve, At panel 2H11-P654, the operator 2T48-F081. CLOSES 2T48-F081, SBGT INLET ISOL VLV, green light illuminated. | |||
**12. Close or verify closed SBGT Inlet At panel 2H11-P654, the operator Isolation Bypass Valve, 2T48-F083. CLOSES or verifies closed 2T48-F083, SBGT INLET ISOL BYP VLV, green light illuminated. | |||
**13. Place 2T46-D001A, SBGT A Fan to At panel 2H11-P657, the operator OFF and verify that 2T46-F002A, PLACES 2T46-D001A, SBGT A SBGT A Filter Discharge closes. FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002A, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated. | |||
**14. Place 2T46-D001B, SBGT B Fan to At panel 2H11-P654, the operator OFF and verify that 2T46-F002B, PLACES 2T46-D001B, SBGT B SBGT B Filter Discharge closes. FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002B, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: Jumpers were inserted at the beginning of the JPM setup. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses installing jumpers for valves 2T48-F326 & | |||
2T48-F318, INDICATE for the operator that the jumpers are installed. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 15. Install jumper from UU-45 to UU-61 Operator has CALLED the Shift in panel 2H11-P601D for valve Support Supervisor to INSTALL 2T48-F326. jumper from UU-45 to UU-61at Panel 2H11-P601D, for valve 2T48-F326. | |||
: 16. Install jumper from AA-70 to AA-73 Operator has CALLED the Shift in panel 2H11-P602A for valve Support Supervisor to INSTALL 2T48-F318. jumper from AA-70 to AA-73, at Panel 2H11-P602A, for valve 2T48-F318. | |||
**17. Open Torus Vent Valve, 2T48-F326. At panel 2H11-P601, the operator OPENS 2T48-F326, TORUS VENT VLV, red light illuminated. | |||
**18. Open Torus Vent Valve, 2T48-F318. At panel 2H11-P602, the operator OPENS 2T48-F318, TORUS VENT VLV, red light illuminated. | |||
: 19. Close or confirm closed Torus At panel 2H11-P654, the operator Emergency Vent Path Drain Valve, VERIFIES that 2T48-F085, 2T48-F085. SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT Path DRN VLV, is CLOSED. | |||
**20. Open Torus Emergency Vent Valve, At panel 2H11-P654, the operator 2T48-F082. OPENS 2T48-F082, SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT VLV, red light illuminated. | |||
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 50 psig and decreasing. | |||
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is NOT desired at this time. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 5 2015 | CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 12 of 12 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | |||
TERMINATING CUE: | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
We will stop here. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 9 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 6 (ALL) | |||
Title POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 6 2015-301 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | |||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 9 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 06/01/07 Initial development DHG BKW 01 6/26/07 Modify The Malfunction Numbers DHG RAB 02 10/23/08 Removed critical step requirement from step to lower voltage to ADY RSG 57 Hz; Clarified action required to complete critical task to match procedure step. | |||
02.1 10/09/09 Modified to use for 2009-302 FNF CME 2.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. | |||
Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-28.06A-2.2 after NRC Exam. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 9 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | |||
- | Rev. No. List of Contributors | ||
The | |||
RO 4.14 SRO 3.30 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 4 of 9 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) | ||
262001A2.07 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | TASK TITLE: POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 6 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Operator has powered the 4160 VAC Emergency Bus 2E successfully from the 2A Emergency Diesel per 34AB-R43-001-2. | ||
: | TASK NUMBER: 028.006 AND 028.023 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 028.006.C PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
RO 4.2 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | RO 4.14 SRO 3.30 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 262001A2.07 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
Nuclear Plant Operator | RO 4.2 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | ||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 2 34AR-652-102-2 34SO-R43-001-2 34AB-R43-001-2 (current versions) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 34AB-R43-001-2 (current version) | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE | |||
CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 5 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to 100% Power and leave in FREEZE. | |||
-301 Page 5 of 9 | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to 100% Power and leave in FREEZE. | |||
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: | : 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: | ||
MALF # TITLE FINAL | MALF # TITLE FINAL KEY DELAY VALUE TIME mfR22_182 4KV Bus 2E Fault 1 99999 mfR43_62A DIESEL GEN FAILURE TO Auto START 2A 0000 mfR43_239A DG A Output Brk One Shot Fail to Auto Tie | ||
: 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | : 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | ||
MALF # TITLE FINAL | MALF # TITLE FINAL KEY ACT. | ||
VALUE TIME loR43-S251 Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW OFF (note: this is the System Operative Light) | |||
: 3. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information: | : 3. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information: | ||
(NOTE: Use Windows Notepad to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the ET INFORMATION and SCN INFORMATION into the appropriate files. | |||
SCN/ET | Copy the 2 files into the simulators Hatch/Instr/ET directory). | ||
SCN/ET ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION NAME EGR43-01.scn ;DIESEL 2A SHUTDOWN RELAY DOR loR43-S251; EGR43-01.et ACTIVATES SYS OP LIGHT diR43-S57.aivToPanel=1 | |||
: 4. ACTIVATE event triggers EGR43-01. | |||
: 5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: | : 5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS: | ||
A. Activate malfunction mfR22_182 with Key 1. | A. Activate malfunction mfR22_182 with Key 1. | ||
B. Hold the | B. Hold the A EDG speed switch to slower for approximately 5 seconds. | ||
C. Remove malfunction mfR22_182. | C. Remove malfunction mfR22_182. | ||
: 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | : 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | ||
: 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME | : 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 10 Minutes | ||
: 10 Minutes | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. The 4160 VAC 2E Bus is de | : 1. The 4160 VAC 2E Bus is de-energized. | ||
-energized. | |||
: 2. The 2A Emergency Diesel Generator has failed to start. | : 2. The 2A Emergency Diesel Generator has failed to start. | ||
: 3. Normal AC power is available to all other electrical distribution switchgear. | : 3. Normal AC power is available to all other electrical distribution switchgear. | ||
: 4. 34AR-652-102, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER, is in progress. | : 4. 34AR-652-102, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER, is in progress. | ||
: 5. Conditions are met to energize 4160 VAC 2E Bus. | : 5. Conditions are met to energize 4160 VAC 2E Bus. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Start the 2A Emergency Diesel Generator and Energize the 2E 4160 VAC Bus, per 34AB | Start the 2A Emergency Diesel Generator and Energize the 2E 4160 VAC Bus, per 34AB-R43-001-2. | ||
-R43-001-2. | |||
CR-SIM 6 2015 | CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 7 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 7 of 9 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The JPM uses the steps from 34AB | NOTE: The JPM uses the steps from 34AB-R43-001-2, PLACARD, manual Startup and Tying of Emergency diesel generator. The student may select to use the procedure steps from the body of the procedure which is allowable. | ||
-R43-001-2, PLACARD, manual Startup and Tying of Emergency diesel generator. | NOTE: All actions are performed on panel 2H11-P652. | ||
: 1. Confirms EDG 2A is NOT running. The operator verifies CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative light is illuminated and the Red Diesel Start light is extinguished. | |||
NOTE: All actions are performed on panel 2H11 | : 2. Verify the Auto Start System The operator determines the Auto Operative Light is lit. Start System Operative Light is NOT lit. | ||
-P652. | **3. Depress the Diesel Shutdown Relay The operator depresses the Diesel pushbutton Shutdown Relay pushbutton. | ||
: 1. Confirms EDG 2A is NOT running. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
The operator verifies CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative light is illuminated and the Red Diesel Start light is extinguished. | |||
: 2. Verify the Auto Start System Operative Light is lit. | |||
NOTE: | CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 8 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
: 5. Verify the EDG has started. | # (COMMENTS) | ||
The operator verifies | NOTE: When the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton is depressed, the Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW WHITE light will illuminate after 110 seconds has passed. | ||
: 6. Verify the | **4. Place the EDG START/STOP switch The operator momentarily places to START. the 2A EDG START/STOP switch to start. | ||
The operator observes voltage on the | NOTE: This begins the ALTERNATE PATH portion of this JPM. | ||
: 5. Verify the EDG has started. The operator verifies the CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative light extinguishes and the Red Diesel Start light illuminates. | |||
: 6. Verify the E 4160 VAC bus is The operator observes voltage on energized. the E 4160 VAC bus equals 0 VAC and answers procedure step with NO. | |||
- 1 hz). | **7. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed At panel 2H11-P652, the Diesel Adjust, lower frequency to 57 Hz. Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to LOWER until frequency is 57 Hz (+ or - 1 hz). | ||
**8. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed At panel 2H11-P652, the Diesel Adjust, raise frequency to 60 Hz. Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to RAISE until frequency is 60 Hz (+ or - 1 hz). | |||
- 1 hz). (Critical action is EDG output breaker closing) | (Critical action is EDG output breaker closing) | ||
: 9. Verify the | : 9. Verify the E bus is energized. The operator observes voltage on the E 4160 VAC bus equals 4160 VAC and answers procedure step with Yes. | ||
The operator observes voltage on the | |||
PROMPT: IF the opeator used the placard for energizing 2E Bus, when the operator goes to get to 34AB-R43-001-2, INFORM the operator that another operator will verify actions IAW 34AB-R43-001-2. | PROMPT: IF the opeator used the placard for energizing 2E Bus, when the operator goes to get to 34AB-R43-001-2, INFORM the operator that another operator will verify actions IAW 34AB-R43-001-2. | ||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
CR-SIM 6 2015 | CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 9 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 9 of 9 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
4160 Bus 2E is energized with frequency at 59 | 4160 Bus 2E is energized with frequency at 59 - 61 Hz. | ||
- 61 Hz. Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 7 (ALL) | ||
Date | Title LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 7 2015-301 20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 12 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 05/18/09 Initial development FNF CME 0.1 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Sim 7 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. | ||
-301 | Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. | ||
-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam. | |||
The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 12 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors | |||
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X) | |||
TASK TITLE: LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 7 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator has completed 34AB-P51-001-2 Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air . | |||
CR-SIM 7 | TASK NUMBER: H-OPR0200.025 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.025.C from SG50273 PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION JPM NUMBER: | RO 3.93 SRO 3.61 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 295019AK2.08 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
CR-SIM 7 2015 | RO 2.8 SRO 2.9 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: RO GENERAL | ||
-301 | |||
The task shall be complete when the operator has completed 34AB-P51-001-2 | |||
TASK NUMBER: | |||
H-OPR0200.025 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: | |||
200.025.C from SG50273 PLANT | |||
RO 3.93 SRO 3.61 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | |||
295019AK2.08 | |||
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | |||
: | |||
RO | |||
RO GENERAL | |||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 & 2 34AB-P51-001-2 Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2 34AB-P51-001-2 Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System completed through step 4.13. | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 20 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: See the next sheet. | |||
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 5 of 12 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions: | |||
CR-SIM 7 | |||
: 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #113 and place in RUN. | : 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #113 and place in RUN. | ||
: 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: | : 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS: | ||
MALF # TITLE FINAL | MALF # TITLE FINAL RAMP ACT. | ||
: 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | VALUE RATE TIME mfP51_222A Service Air Compressor 2A Trip mfP51_222B Service Air Compressor 2B Trip mfP51_222C Service Air Compressor 2C Trip mfP52_191 Instrument Air Leakage mfC71_59 Spurious Reactor Scram | ||
: 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES: | |||
OVERIDE # TITLE FINAL VALUE diT46-D001A-1 SBGTS A Fan/Filter AUTO diT46-D001B-1 SBGTS B Fan/Filter AUTO diP52-F565 Rx Bldg Inst. N2 to Noninter. Ser. Vlv. CLOSED | |||
Copy the 4 files into the simulators | : 4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information: | ||
SCN/ET | (NOTE: Use Windows Notepad to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the ET INFORMATION and SCN INFORMATION into the appropriate files. | ||
CR-SIM 7 | Copy the 4 files into the simulators Hatch/Instr/ET directory). | ||
SCN/ET ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION NAME EGT46-11.scn ;SBGT A in RUN doesn't work, B DOR diT46-D001B-1; EGT46-11.et works CET EGT46-12; diT46-D001A-1.iivPanel=3 EGT46-12.scn ;SBGT B in RUN doesnt work, A DOR diT46-D001A-1; EGT46-12.et works CET EGT46-11; diT46-D001B-1.iivPanel=3 | |||
: 5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGT46-11 and EGT46-12. | |||
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 | |||
: 6. Place Rx Mode Switch to Shutdown. | |||
: 7. Place RCIC in service, injecting into the vessel, with level slowly rising (this is to prevent the auto start of SBGT). | : 7. Place RCIC in service, injecting into the vessel, with level slowly rising (this is to prevent the auto start of SBGT). | ||
: 8. Allow the simulator to run until the SBGT air operated valves (F001/2/3) fail open (~4 minutes) | : 8. Allow the simulator to run until the SBGT air operated valves (F001/2/3) fail open (~4 minutes) | ||
: 9. Mark up 34AB | : 9. Mark up 34AB-P51-001-2 up to, but not including, step 4.14. | ||
-P51-001-2 up to, but not including, step 4.14. | |||
: 10. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | : 10. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given. | ||
: 11. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME | : 11. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 10 Minutes | ||
: 10 Minutes | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | ||
: 1. Unit 2 has lost all Service Air Compressors and they can not be restarted. | : 1. Unit 2 has lost all Service Air Compressors and they can not be restarted. | ||
: 2. Electrical Maintenance and I&C are checking all air system electrical circuits. 3. The reactor has been scrammed and 34AB | : 2. Electrical Maintenance and I&C are checking all air system electrical circuits. | ||
-C71-001-2, | : 3. The reactor has been scrammed and 34AB-C71-001-2, Scram Procedure is being carried out. | ||
: 4. 34AB-P51-001-2 | : 4. 34AB-P51-001-2 Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System has been partially completed. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Complete procedure 34AB | Complete procedure 34AB-P51-001-2 starting at step 4.14. | ||
-P51-001-2 starting at step 4.14. | |||
CR-SIM 7 | CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
PROMPT: Provide the operator with 34AB | PROMPT: Provide the operator with 34AB-P51-001-2 completed up to section 4.13. | ||
-P51-001-2 completed up to section 4.13. | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
: 1. The operator starts at the correct step. | : 1. The operator starts at the correct step. Operator refers to 34AB-P51-001-2 and starts at step 4.14. | ||
Operator refers to 34AB | : 2. Determine if Control Air header On panel 2H11-P650, Control Air Pressure is below 45 PSIG AND NOT Pressure, 2P52-R600, the increasing. operator observes pressure is less then 45 psig and not increasing. | ||
-P51-001-2 and starts at step 4.14. | NOTES: | ||
: 2. Determine if Control Air header | * If the operator attempts to first start the A SBGT, complete steps 3-9 and skip steps 10-16 | ||
On panel 2H11 | * If the operator attempts to first start the B SBGT, complete steps 10-16 and skip steps 3-9. | ||
-P650, Control Air Pressure, 2P52 | * All A controls are located on 2H11-P657. | ||
-R600, the operator observes pressure is less then 45 psig and not increasing. | * All B controls are located on 2H22-P654. | ||
NOTES: | * SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position. | ||
-9 and skip steps 10 | : 3. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Refuel Flr. switch for 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. | ||
AND/OR Open 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx The operator places the keylock Bldg. switch for 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. | |||
-16 and skip steps 3 | : 4. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN. | ||
-9. All | NOTE: The operator should note that SBGT A does not start and continue with SBGT B start. | ||
-P657. All | : 5. OPEN 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Refuel Flr. switch for 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. | ||
-P654. SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position. | AND/OR The operator places the keylock Open 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx switch for 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet Bldg. from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. | ||
: 3. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from | **6. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN. | ||
: 7. CONFIRM 2T46-F002B OPENS. The operator observes 2T46-F002B red light ILLUMINATED. | |||
-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Open 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx | |||
-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. | |||
: 4. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN. | |||
NOTE: | |||
: 5. OPEN 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from | |||
-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. | |||
The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46 | |||
-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. | |||
: 7. CONFIRM 2T46 | |||
-F002B OPENS. | |||
The operator observes 2T46 | |||
-F002B red light ILLUMINATED. | |||
CR-SIM 7 | CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 9 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 8. CONFIRM SBGT B HTR Red Light | : 8. CONFIRM SBGT B HTR Red Light The operator observes SBGT B ILLUMINATES HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED. | ||
: 9. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to 1500-4000 SCFM. | : 9. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to The operator observes SBGT 1500-4000 SCFM. flow between 1500-4000 scfm on 2U41-R600. | ||
NOTES: | |||
-4000 scfm on 2U41-R600. NOTES: | * If the operator attempts to first start the A SBGT, complete steps 3-9 and skip steps 10-16 | ||
-9 and skip steps 10 | * If the operator attempts to first start the B SBGT, complete steps 10-16 and skip steps 3-9. | ||
-16 | * All A controls are located on 2H11-P657. | ||
-16 and skip steps 3 | * All B controls are located on 2H22-P654. | ||
-9. All | * SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position. | ||
-P657. All | : 10. OPEN 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Refuel Flr. switch for 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. | ||
-P654. SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position. | AND/OR Open 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx The operator places the keylock Bldg. switch for 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. | ||
: 10. OPEN 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from | : 11. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN. | ||
NOTE: The operator should note that SBGT B does not start and continue with SBGT A start. | |||
-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. | : 12. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Refuel Flr. switch for 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet AND/OR from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. | ||
Open 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx | Open 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Rx Bldg. switch for 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. | ||
-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. 11. PLACE SBGT B in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT B in RUN. | **13. PLACE SBGT A in RUN position The operator places the control switch for SBGT A to RUN. | ||
NOTE: | : 14. CONFIRM 2T46-F002A OPENS. The operator observes 2T46-F002A red light LLUMINATED. | ||
: 12. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from | : 15. CONFIRM SBGT A HTR Red Light The operator observes SBGT A ILLUMINATES HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED. | ||
: 16. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to The operator observes SBGT 1500-4000 SCFM. flow between 1500-4000 scfm on 2T41-R618. | |||
-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
The operator places the keylock switch for 2T46 | |||
-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN. | CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
: 14. CONFIRM 2T46 | |||
-F002A OPENS. | |||
The operator observes 2T46 | |||
-F002A red light LLUMINATED. | |||
: 15. CONFIRM SBGT A HTR Red Light | |||
-4000 scfm on 2T41-R618. | |||
CR-SIM 7 | |||
NOTE: The operator may NOT check the next step until after all are other steps of this JPM are complete. | NOTE: The operator may NOT check the next step until after all are other steps of this JPM are complete. | ||
: 17. Checks the Rx bldg and RF Floor | : 17. Checks the Rx bldg and RF Floor On panel 2H11-P700 the operator Diff pressures are negative. checks the RF Floor to Outside Air dp and the Rx Bldg to Outside Air dp on recorders 2T46-R604A and 2T46-R604B. | ||
On panel 2H11 | The dp will be approximately (negative) -0.25 inches. | ||
-P700 the operator checks the RF Floor to Outside Air dp and the Rx Bldg to Outside Air dp on recorders 2T46-R604A and 2T46 | |||
-R604B. The dp will be approximately (negative) | |||
-0.25 inches. | |||
NOTE: For the fans listed below, if a fan is NOT running and does NOT auto start, then the step is NOT critical. The step is to be marked SAT if, after the operator is done, the fan is NOT running (green light illuminated). | NOTE: For the fans listed below, if a fan is NOT running and does NOT auto start, then the step is NOT critical. The step is to be marked SAT if, after the operator is done, the fan is NOT running (green light illuminated). | ||
**18. TRIP 2U41-C001A, Turb Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P654 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2U41-C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41 | **19. TRIP 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P654 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | ||
- | **20. TRIP 2U41-C002A, Turb Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P654 the operator Exhaust Fan places control switch for 2U41-C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | ||
C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | **21. TRIP 2U41-C002B, Turb Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P654 the operator Exhaust Fan places control switch for 2U41-C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | ||
**22. TRIP 2T41-C001A, Rx Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2T41-C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41 | |||
- | |||
C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P654 the operator places control switch for 2U41 | |||
- | |||
C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | |||
- | |||
C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
CR-SIM 7 | CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**23. TRIP 2T41-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | **24. TRIP 2T41-C007A, Rx Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Exhaust Fan places control switch for 2T41-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | ||
**25. TRIP 2T41-C007B, Rx Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Exhaust Fan places control switch for 2T41-C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | **26. TRIP 2T41-B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Recirc Fan places control switch for 2T41-B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | ||
-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | **27. TRIP 2T41-B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Recirc Fan places control switch for 2T41-B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | ||
**28. TRIP 2T41-C002A, Refuel Flr Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2T41-C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | **29. TRIP 2T41-C002B, Refuel Flr Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2T41-C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | ||
- | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | |||
- | |||
B017 Fan 1, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | |||
- | |||
B017 Fan 2, Rx Bldg Recirc Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | |||
- | |||
C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | |||
- | |||
C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
CR-SIM 7 | CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**30. TRIP 2T41-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Exh Fan places control switch for 2T41-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | **31. TRIP 2T41-C005B, Refuel Flr Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Exh Fan places control switch for 2T41-C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | ||
-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | : 32. Confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21-F014, The operator sends an SO to Condensate Demineralizer Bypass confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21-Valve. F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve, at panel 2N21-P001. | ||
PROMPT: WHEN the operator sends an SO to confirm the valve is open, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete the remainder of 34AB-P51-001-2. | |||
-P657 the operator places control switch for 2T41 | END TIME:__________ | ||
- | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated. | With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
: 32. Confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21 | Operator is prompted that another operator will complete 34AB-P51-001-2. | ||
-F014, | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
-F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve, at panel 2N21 | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
-P001. PROMPT: WHEN the operator sends an SO to confirm the valve is open, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete the remainder of 34AB | |||
-P51-001-2. | |||
With | |||
Operator is prompted that another operator will complete 34AB-P51-001-2. Operator states the task is complete. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 8 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 8 (RO ONLY) | |||
Title PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 8 2015-301 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | |||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 8 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial Development based on needs indicated from the PRA analysis. SCB DHG 01 03/20/00 Format modification, change time allowance based on running RAB DHG average, update K/As, correct typos 02 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 03 03/19/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 06/25/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 05 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 06 05/19/07 Correct Step 10 to start instead of stop. DHG RAB 07 10/14/08 Added 1Z41-B003C to fans secured in step 3 to match procedure. JWP RAB 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. MMG ALS Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1. | |||
7.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to CR-Sim 8 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be ARB added back to become new LR-JP-25026-7.3 after NRC Exam. | |||
2 | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 8 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | |||
- | Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG 3 | ||
The | |||
RO 3.00 SRO 2.63 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 290003G2.1.30 | CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 4 of 8 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 ( ) | ||
TASK TITLE: PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 8 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Control Room Ventilation System has been placed in the Purge Mode per 34SO-Z41-001-1. | |||
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | TASK NUMBER: 037.010 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 037.010.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
: | RO 3.00 SRO 2.63 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 290003G2.1.30 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
RO 3.90 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | RO 3.90 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | ||
Nuclear Plant Operator ( | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version) 34AR-603-214-2 (current version) 34AR-603-215-2 (current version) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version) | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 have both been scrammed due to a loss of Plant Service Water. | |||
: 2. The Main Control Room Ventilation System has been operating in a Normal Ventilation configuration for several days. | |||
: 3. No cooling water is available for the Main Control Room Air Handling Units. | |||
: 4. 34AB-T41-001-1, Loss of Area Ventilation, is in progress. | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 have both been scrammed due to a loss of Plant Service Water. 2. The Main Control Room Ventilation System has been operating in a Normal Ventilation configuration for several days. | |||
: 3. No cooling water is available for the Main Control Room Air Handling Units. 4. 34AB-T41-001-1, | |||
INITIATING CUES: | INITIATING CUES: | ||
Purge the Unit 1 Main Control Room with the Main Control Room Ventilation System per 34SO | Purge the Unit 1 Main Control Room with the Main Control Room Ventilation System per 34SO-Z41-001-1, Step 7.1.4. | ||
-Z41-001-1, Step 7.1.4. | |||
CR-SIM 8 2015 | CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 6 of 8 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 6 of 8 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | ||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | START TIME:_________ | ||
START TIME:_________ | : 1. Operator identifies the procedure Operator has obtained the correct needed to perform the task. procedure, 34SO-Z41-001-1. | ||
: 2. Operator reviews the procedures Operator has REVIEWED the precautions and limitations. precautions and limitations. | |||
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks the status of Main Control Room Ventilation, per the initial conditions, INFORM the Operator that it is operating in the normal configuration. | |||
: 3. Confirm STOPPED or STOP the On 1H11-P654, CONFIRM following HVAC units: 1Z41-B00A, B, and C control 1Z41-B003B switch in STOP (OFF), GREEN 1Z41-B003A light illuminated. | |||
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks the status of Main Control Room Ventilation, per the initial conditions, INFORM the Operator that it is operating in the normal configuration. | And 1Z41-B003C NOTE: The 1Z41-B003C should remain running when purging Unit 1. If the Operator stops it, flow will still exist, if the exhaust fan is started. It is not critical to have 1Z41-B003C running; but, if it is secured the Operator will have committed a procedure violation. | ||
: 3. Confirm STOPPED or STOP the | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
NOTE: The 1Z41-B003C should remain running when purging Unit 1. If the Operator stops it , flow will still exist, if the exhaust fan is started. It is not critical to have 1Z41 | |||
-B003C running; but, if it is secured the Operator will have committed a procedure violation. | |||
CR-SIM 8 2015 | CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 7 of 8 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
-301 Page 7 of 8 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
: 4. Confirm CLOSED the following On 1H11-P657, CONFIRM dampers: 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41-F030A, 1Z41-F009A green light illuminated. | |||
: 4. Confirm CLOSED the following | 1Z41-F030A NOTE: 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41-F030A will close when AHU 1Z41-B003A is stopped. | ||
-F030A, green light illuminated. | **5. Close the following dampers: On 1H11-P654, PLACE control 1Z41-F028A switch for 1Z41-F028A & | ||
NOTE: 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41 | 1Z41-F028B 1Z41-F028B in CLOSE, green light illuminated. | ||
-F030A will close when AHU 1Z41 | |||
-B003A is stopped. | |||
NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves. | NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves. | ||
**6. Close the following dampers: On 1H11-P654, PLACE control 1Z41-F010A switch for 1Z41-F010A & | |||
1Z41-F010B 1Z41-F010B in CLOSE, green light illuminated. | |||
-F010A & 1Z41-F010B in CLOSE, green light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves. | NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves. | ||
: 7. Open Roll Filter Bypass, 1Z41 | : 7. Open Roll Filter Bypass, 1Z41-F015. At MCR Door C70, ROLL FILTER BYPASS, 1Z41-F015 control switch is in OPEN, red light illuminated. | ||
-F015. At MCR Door C70, ROLL FILTER BYPASS, 1Z41 | : 8. Confirm Open Outside Air Intake At panel 1H11-P657, FILTER Damper, 1Z41-F016. INLET control switch, 1Z41-F016, is in OPEN position, red light illuminated. | ||
-F015 control switch is in OPEN, red light illuminated. | **9. Open inlet control vane, 1Z41-F017A. Have SSS send a SO to the 180 elevation of the Control Building to OPEN inlet control damper 1Z41-F017A. | ||
: 8. Confirm Open Outside Air Intake | PROMPT: WHEN asked to send someone to open 1Z41-F017A, INFORM the Operator that 1Z41-F017A is open. | ||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
-P657, FILTER INLET control switch, | |||
-F017A. Have SSS send a SO to the 180 | |||
PROMPT: WHEN asked to send someone to open 1Z41 | |||
-F017A, INFORM the Operator that 1Z41-F017A is open. | |||
CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 8 of 8 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**10. Start Exhaust Fan, 1Z41-C011A and At panel 1H11-P657, PLACE the confirm suction damper 1Z41-F018A control switch for 1Z41-C011A in opens. START, red light illuminated and confirm 1Z41-F018A opens, red light illuminated. | |||
NOTE: It is only critical to start exhaust fan 1Z41-C011A because damper 1Z41-F018A automatically opens when the fan is started. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | |||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 7 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 1 (ALL) | |||
Title ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball Plant 1 2015-301 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | |||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Rev. No. | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 7 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING Plant 1 2015-301 Rev. Authors Date Reason for Revisions Sups Initials No. Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 02 03/19/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 03 06/16/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 04 05/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 05 08/05/10 Added HU tools. Added procedure number to Initiating Cue. ELJ CME Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added 05.1 10/17/11 Fundamental question to new Attachment 1. | ||
MMG ALS Reviewed JPM against current procedure, changed Media Number to Plant 1, and removed 5.2 Fundamental Question. Both will be added back ARB to become new LR-JP-20024-5.3 after NRC Exam restored after ILT-9 NRC Exam. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 7 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | |||
Rev. No. List of Contributors 05.1 MMG | |||
The | |||
RO 3.15 SRO 3.90 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | Plant 1 2015-301 Page 4 of 7 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 ( ) | ||
286000A208 | TASK TITLE: ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM JPM NUMBER: Plant 1 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task will be complete when the operator has actuated the Diesel Generator CO2 System per 34SO-X43-005-0. | ||
TASK NUMBER: 200.024 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.024.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | RO 3.15 SRO 3.90 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 286000A208 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
: | RO 3.20 SRO 3.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | ||
RO 3.20 SRO 3.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | |||
Nuclear Plant Operator | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 34SO-X43-005-0 (current version) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 34SO-X43-005-0 (current version) | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. A fire is burning in the 1C D/G Room. | |||
: 2. The 1C D/G Room CO 2 System did NOT automatically actuate. | |||
INITIATING CUES: | |||
Actuate the 1C D/G Room CO2 fire protection system per 34SO-X43-005-0, Diesel Generator Building Carbon Dioxide System. | |||
Plant 1 2015-301 Page 6 of 7 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
Plant 1 | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples) | |||
START TIME:__________ | START TIME:__________ | ||
PROMPT: WHEN addressed, INFORM the operator the RED light is ILLUMINATED. | |||
: 1. Depress and hold the START In the hallway outside the 1C pushbutton switch. Diesel Generator Room, the operator DEPRESSES and HOLDS the START pushbutton PROMPT: AFTER the pushbutton is depressed, INFORM the operator that the RED light remained ILLUMINATED and there was NO response. | |||
**2. PLACE the 1C Diesel Generator In the hallway outside the 1C Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve Diesel Generator Room, the in OPEN. operator OPENS the 1C Diesel Generator Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
Plant 1 2015-301 Page 7 of 7 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**3. PLACE the Master Pilot for the Diesel On the Diesel Generator Building Generator Building in OPEN. West Wall, the operator OPENS 1X43-P007, Master Pilot for Diesel Generator Bldg. | |||
PROMPT: AFTER the system is actuated, INFORM the operator that another person will shut down the system after 1 minute. | |||
PROMPT: AFTER the system is actuated, INFORM the operator that another person will shut down the system after 1 minute. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 10 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 2 (ALL) | |||
Title Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball Plant 2 2015-301 16.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | |||
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 10 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING Plant 2 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial development as a result of PRA vs training analysis. SCB RSG 01 02/11/98 Revised typographical errors. SCB DHG 02 01/20/99 Revised based on evaluator comments. SCB DHG Format modification, change time allowance based on running 03 03/20/00 average RAB DHG 04 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG Incorporate ADY comment, correct Nitrogen pressure readings to 05 03/19/02 agree with procedural requirement, add step to review the RAB RAB procedure, include initial operator statement Changed procedure numbers and corrected step reference in 06 02/24/05 initial conditions section of page 2 and 5. TFP DHG 07 06/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB Added HU Pass/Fail criteria. Updated Southern Company logo. | |||
09 09/29/10 Added an evaluator note to move to a low dose rate area after the ELJ CME operator identifies the components locations. | |||
Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added Fundamental 09.1 10/17/11 question to new Attachment 1. MMG ALS Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to 09.2 Plant 2 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. ARB Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-25028-09.3 after NRC Exam. | |||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 10 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | |||
Ver. No. List of Contributors 09.1 MMG | |||
K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | Plant 2 2015-301 Page 4 of 10 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) | ||
223001A411 | TASK TITLE: Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics JPM NUMBER: Plant 2 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator aligns the Emergency Nitrogen Bottles in the Reactor Building to the Drywell Pneumatic System. | ||
TASK NUMBER: 042.005 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 042.005.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | |||
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | RO 2.86 SRO Not Available K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 223001A411 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
: | RO 3.10 SRO 3.00 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Systems Operator (SO) | ||
RO 3.10 SRO 3.00 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | |||
Systems Operator (SO) | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-X43-001-1 34AB-X43-001-2 34SO-P70-001-1 34SO-P70-001-2 (current versions) (current version) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-P70-001-1 34SO-P70-001-1 (current version) (current version) | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 16.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 1 | : 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 1 | ||
: 2. Unit 1 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted | : 2. Unit 1 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted | ||
: 3. The crew is addressing 34AB | : 3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-1, Fire Procedure Attachment 1, step 8.4.7 INITIATING CUES: | ||
-X43-001-1, | Align Nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-1, Drywell Pneumatics System. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | |||
Align Nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-1, | |||
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 6 of 10 | Plant 2 2015-301 Page 6 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
NMP | NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation START TIME:__________ | ||
-TR-111, | : 1. Operator reviews the procedure. The Operator REVIEWS the procedure. | ||
: 1. Operator reviews the procedure. | PROMPT: WHEN addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that 1P70-F004 and 1P70-F066 have been verified in the closed position on the 1H11-P700 panel. | ||
The Operator REVIEWS the procedure. | |||
PROMPT: WHEN addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that 1P70 | |||
-F004 and 1P70 | |||
-F066 have been verified in the closed position on the 1H11 | |||
-P700 panel. | |||
NOTE: 1P70-A002A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle. | NOTE: 1P70-A002A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle. | ||
**2. Open Emergency Nitrogen bottle On elev. 130RLR09, Nitrogen 1P70-A002A outlet valve Bottle outlet valve 1P70-F138A 1P70-F138A. handwheel is TURNED counter clockwise until it stops. | |||
-F138A handwheel is TURNED counter clockwise until it stops. | : 3. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on At 130RLR09, the operator 1P70-PCV-F140. CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig. | ||
: 3. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on 1P70-PCV-F140. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
-110 psig. | |||
Isolation valve, counter clockwise until it stops. | Plant 2 2015-301 Page 7 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
: 6. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen pressure on 1P70 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
-PCV-F140. | **4. Open Emergency Nitrogen supply At 130RLR09, the operator header inboard isolation, 1P70-F141. TURNS 1P70-F141, Emergency Nitrogen Supply Header Inboard Isolation valve, parallel with the pipe. | ||
-110 psig. PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary. | **5. Open Emergency Nitrogen supply At 130RLR09, the operator isolation, 1P70-F084. TURNS 1P70-F084, Emergency Nitrogen Supply Header Inboard Isolation valve, counter clockwise until it stops. | ||
: 6. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen At 130RLR09, the operator pressure on 1P70-PCV-F140. CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig. | |||
PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
UNIT | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 2. | : 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 2. | ||
2 Unit 2 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted. | 2 Unit 2 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted. | ||
: 3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-2, | : 3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-2, Fire procedure Attachment 1, step 8.3.7 INITIATING CUES: | ||
Align nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-2, Drywell Pneumatics System. | |||
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 9 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 9 of 10 | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. | |||
==Reference:== | ==Reference:== | ||
NMP | NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation Note to evaluator: Radiation dose rates are elevated in the vicinity of these Nitrogen bottles. Minimize time in this area. There is a posted low dose area close to this area that is in line-of-sight. After the component locations are identified by the operator, move to a low dose rate area to discuss performance of the procedural steps. | ||
-TR-111, | START TIME:__________ | ||
Minimize time in this area. There is a posted low dose area close to this area that is in | : 1. Operator reviews the procedure. The Operator REVIEWS the procedure. | ||
-of-sight. | **2. Close Drywell Pneumatic Header At 130RBR23, the operator Isolation, 2P70-F023. TURNS 2P70-F023, Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation valve handwheel, clockwise until it stops. | ||
: 1. Operator reviews the procedure. | PROMPT: IF the operator sends a SO to check 2P70-F021, INFORM the operator that the valve has been closed. 2P70-F021 is located approximately 10 feet behind the Drywell Air Receiver tank, against the wall opposite the Drywell, 5 feet above the floor. | ||
The Operator REVIEWS the procedure. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
-F023. | Plant 2 2015-301 Page 10 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
PROMPT: IF the operator sends a SO to check 2P70 | # (COMMENTS) | ||
-F021, INFORM the operator that the valve has been closed. 2P70 | **3. Close Drywell Pneumatic Header At 158RBR16, the operator TURNS Isolation, 2P70-F021. 2P70-F021, Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation valve handwheel, clockwise until it stops. | ||
-F021 is located approximately 10 feet behind the Drywell Air Receiver tank, against the wall opposite the Drywell, 5 feet above the floor. | |||
-F021. | |||
NOTE: 2P70-F138A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle. | NOTE: 2P70-F138A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle. | ||
**4. Open Emergency Nitrogen bottle At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-A002A outlet valve 2P70-F138A, Nitrogen Bottle outlet 2P70-F138A. valve handwheel, counter clockwise until it stops. | |||
: 5. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on | : 5. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70-2P70-PCV-F140. PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig. | ||
- | **6. Open Nitrogen Bottles Pressure At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS Control Valve Isolation valve, 2P70-F141, Nitrogen Bottles Pressure 2P70-F141. Control Valve Isolation valve handle, until it is parallel with the pipe. | ||
PCV-140 indicates between 100 | **7. Open Emergency Nitrogen to Drywell At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS Pneumatic header isolation, 2P70-F084, Emergency Nitrogen To 2P70-F084. Drywell Pneumatic Header Isolation handwheel, counter clockwise until it stops. | ||
-110 psig. | : 8. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70-pressure on 2P70-PCV-F140. PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig. | ||
PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary. | |||
-PCV-F140. | |||
PCV-140 indicates between 100 | |||
-110 psig. | |||
PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary. | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when: | ||
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time. | |||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
PROMPT: AFTER the task is completed, ASK the fundamental question in Attachment 1 (Can be asked any time prior to completing all JPMs). | PROMPT: AFTER the task is completed, ASK the fundamental question in Attachment 1 (Can be asked any time prior to completing all JPMs). | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | ||
We will stop here. | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 3 (ALL) | ||
Plant 3 2015-301 | Title TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball Plant 3 2015-301 23.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date: | ||
Date | Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date | ||
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 12 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING Plant 3 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 04/24/00 Made Step 4 for both units non-critical, correct Operator title (SO) RAB DHG 02 11/02/00 Include objective number, change time allowance based on running RAB DHG average 03 03/11/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 03/08/05 Documentum revision DNM RAB 05 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 06 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 07 10/09/09 Added that 2R24-S018A (B) Alt Supply Bkr position can be GHC ALD determined in the CR or locally as stated in the procedure. Added HU steps. | ||
-301 | 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. MMG ALS Added Fundamental question to Attachment 1. U-2 requires the following, Confirm 2R24-S048 Diesel Bldg MCC 2D is ENERGIZED via the 2S11-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 2F 4160 VAC Bus. (2H11-P652). I changed the wording to reflect this. | ||
-critical, correct Operator title (SO) | 7.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ARB ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Plant 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-27.18-7.3 after NRC Exam. | ||
RAB DHG 02 11/02/00 Include objective number, change time allowance based on running | 2 | ||
-S018A (B) Alt Supply Bkr position can be determined in the CR or locally as stated in the procedure. Added HU steps. | |||
U-2 requires the following, | |||
-S048 Diesel Bldg MCC 2D is ENERGIZED via the 2S11 | |||
-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 2F 4160 VAC Bus. (2H11 | |||
-P652). I changed the wording to reflect this. | |||
Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG | Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 12 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan. | ||
Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG 3 | |||
Plant 3 2015 | Plant 3 2015-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X) | ||
-301 Page 4 of 12 | TASK TITLE: TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE JPM NUMBER: Plant 3 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Operator has transferred a LPCI Bus (2R24-S018A/B) from its Normal to Alternate source per 34SO-R24-003-2. | ||
TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE JPM NUMBER: | TASK NUMBER: 027.018 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 027.018.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
Plant 3 2015 | RO 3.43 SRO 3.53 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 262001A403 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING: | ||
-301 | RO 3.20 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | ||
The task shall be completed when the Operator has transferred a LPCI Bus (2R24 | |||
-S018A/B) from its Normal to Alternate source per 34SO-R24-003-2. TASK NUMBER: 027.018 | |||
027.018.O | |||
RO 3.43 SRO 3.53 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: | |||
262001A403 | |||
K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING | |||
: | |||
RO 3.20 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: | |||
Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) | |||
GENERAL | GENERAL | ||
==REFERENCES:== | ==REFERENCES:== | ||
Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-R24-003-1 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version) (current version) | |||
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-R24-003-1 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version) (current version) | |||
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 23.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power. | : 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power. | ||
: 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the | : 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the 1A (1B) LPCI Bus, 1R24-S018A (B), must be replaced by maintenance. | ||
: 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup. | : 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | |||
Transfer 1R24-S018A (B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-1. | |||
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | |||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
START TIME:__________ | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the task as a PASS, sign, and For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR date record PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date Above standards not met Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg START TIME:__________ | ||
1 Operator identifies the materials that | 1 Operator identifies the materials that Operator identifies the required are required. materials and where to obtain them. | ||
Operator has | : 2. Operator reviews the procedures Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations. precautions and limitations. | ||
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 1R24-S018A (S018B) has been de-energized, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized. | |||
**3 Open 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal The Operator CALLS the Control supply breaker is open. Room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 1H11-P601. | |||
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open. | |||
4 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF In the 600V 1CD Transformer 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect Room, the Operator CONFIRMS switch. the 1R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 7 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
- | # (COMMENTS) | ||
**5 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF In the 600 VAC 2C (2D) Bus 1R26-M077 (M078) Disconnect Room, the Operator PLACES the switch. 1R26-M077 (M078) disconnect switch to the OFF position. | |||
6 Verify that 1R24-S048 is energized. At 1R22-S006, 1F 4160 VAC Bus (1H11-P652), the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 is ENERGIZED. | |||
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S048 has been verified to be energized. | |||
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) | 7 Confirm the 1R24-S018A (S018B) At 1H11-P601 OR in the 1F Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED. Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 1R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED. | ||
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED. | |||
8 Confirm disconnect switch In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer 1R26-M108 is in the OFF position. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M108 Disconnect Switch is in the OFF position. | |||
9 Confirm disconnect switch In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer 1R26-M109 is in the OFF position. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position. | |||
10 Confirm 1R24-S048 is energized. In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 1R26-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 Power Available light is ILLUMINATED. | |||
**11 Place 1R26-M107 transfer switch to In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer 1R24-S018A (S018B) position. Room, the Operator PLACES 1R26-M107 transfer switch to 1R24-S018A (S018B) position. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
Plant 3 2015-301 Page | Plant 3 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**12 Secure the 1R26-M107 transfer The Operator SECURES switch. 1R26-M107 transfer switch in the correct position. | |||
**13 Place to ON 1R26-M108 (M109) In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Disconnect switch. Room, the Operator PLACES the 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position. | |||
14 Verify 1R24-S018A (S018B) is CONFIRM 1R24-S018A (S018B) energized. is energized by observing an ILLUMINATED position indication lights (red or green) for 1E11-F015A (F015B) AND/OR 1E11-F007A (F007B). | |||
END TIME:__________ | |||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | |||
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | |||
-M107 transfer | |||
-M108 (M109) | |||
In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator PLACES the 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position. | |||
14 Verify 1R24 | |||
-S018A (S018B) is | |||
CONFIRM 1R24 | |||
-S018A (S018B) is energized by observing an ILLUMINATED position indication lights (red or green) for 1E11-F015A (F015B) | |||
AND/OR 1E11-F007A (F007B). | |||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | |||
Operator states the task is complete. | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
UNIT | |||
INITIAL CONDITIONS: | |||
: 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power. | : 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power. | ||
: 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the | : 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the 2A(2B) LPCI Bus, 2R24-S018A(B), must be replaced by maintenance. | ||
: 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup. | : 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup. | ||
INITIATING CUES: | |||
Transfer 2R24-S018A(B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-2. | |||
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 | |||
For INITIAL Operator Programs: | For INITIAL Operator Programs: | ||
For OJT/OJE | For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance. | ||
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance | IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the task as a PASS, sign, and For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR date record PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date Above standards not met Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg START TIME:__________ | ||
: 1. Operator identifies the materials that Operator identifies the required are required. materials and where to obtain them. | |||
: 1. Operator identifies the materials that | : 2. Operator reviews the procedures Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations. precautions and limitations. | ||
Operator identifies the required materials and where to obtain them. 2. Operator reviews the | PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 2R24-S018A (S018B) has been de-energized, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized. | ||
**3. Open 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal The Operator CALLS the Control supply breaker is open. room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 2H11-P601. | |||
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker has been opened. | |||
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 2R24 | : 4. Confirm/Open 2R26-M108 (M109) In the 600V 2CD Transformer Disconnect switch. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position. | ||
-S018A (S018B) has been de | (** Indicates critical step) | ||
-energized, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized. | |||
-P601. | |||
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker has been opened. | |||
: 4. Confirm/Open 2R26 | |||
-M108 (M109) | |||
In the 600V 2CD Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position. | |||
2R26- | Plant 3 2015-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | ||
In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 Disconnect switch is in the OFF position. | # (COMMENTS) | ||
: 9. Confirm disconnect switch | **5. Open 2R26-M105 (M106) Disconnect In the 600 VAC 1C (1D) Bus switch. room, the Operator PLACES the 2R26-M105 (M106) disconnect switch to the OFF position. | ||
: 6. Verify that 2R24-S048 is energized. At 2R22-S006, 2F 4160 VAC Bus (2H11-P652) AND 2S11-S012 transformer (Diesel Bldg), | |||
the Operator / SO CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 is energized. | |||
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator and SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S048 has been verified to be energized. (U-2 requires confirmation via 2S11-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 bus) | |||
: 7. Confirm the 2R24-S018A (S018B) At 2H11-P601 or in the 2F Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED. Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 2R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED. | |||
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED. | |||
: 8. Confirm disconnect switch In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer 2R26-M108 is in the OFF position. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 Disconnect switch is in the OFF position. | |||
: 9. Confirm disconnect switch In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer 2R26-M109 is in the OFF position. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position. | |||
: 10. Confirm 2R24-S048 is energized. In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 2R26-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 Power Available light is ILLUMINATED. | |||
**11. Place 2R26-M107 transfer switch to In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer 2R24-S018A (S018B) position. Room, the Operator PLACES 2R26-M107 transfer switch to 2R24-S018A (S018B). | |||
(** Indicates critical step) | |||
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT | |||
# (COMMENTS) | |||
**12. Secure the 2R26-M107 transfer The Operator SECURES switch. 2R26-M107 transfer switch in the to 2R24-S018A (S018B) position. | |||
**13. Place the 2R26-M108 (M109) In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Disconnect switch to the ON position. room, the Operator places the 2R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position. | |||
: 14. Verify 2R24-S018A (S018B) is CONFIRM 2R24-S018A (S018B) energized. is energized by OBSERVING illuminated position indication lights (red or green) for 2E11-F015A (F015B) AND/OR 2E11-F007A (F007B). | |||
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 | |||
-M107 transfer | |||
-M108 (M109) Disconnect switch to the ON position. | |||
: 14. Verify 2R24 | |||
-S018A (S018B) is | |||
CONFIRM 2R24 | |||
-S018A (S018B) is energized by OBSERVING illuminated position indication lights (red or green) for 2E11-F015A (F015B) | |||
AND/OR 2E11-F007A (F007B). | |||
END TIME:__________ | END TIME:__________ | ||
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when: | ||
TERMINATING CUE: | With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time. | ||
We will stop here.}} | Operator states the task is complete. | ||
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here. | |||
(** Indicates critical step)}} |
Latest revision as of 10:52, 5 February 2020
ML15175A462 | |
Person / Time | |
---|---|
Site: | Hatch |
Issue date: | 06/22/2015 |
From: | NRC/RGN-II |
To: | Southern Nuclear Operating Co |
References | |
50-321/15-301, 50-366/15-301 50-321/15-301, 50-366/15-301 | |
Download: ML15175A462 (195) | |
Text
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)
DRAFT ADMIN 1 - ALL
Title:
CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES Author: Media Number: Time:
Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 1 11.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:
Approved By: Date:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 11 This page intentionally left blank
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 11 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 1 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials Modified from LR-JP-25101 for use on 2015-301 00 ARB NRC Exam. After exam will be incorporated into JPM database and renumbered.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 11 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 5 of 11 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: CORRECT RWL INDICATORS FOR HIGH DRYWELL TEMPERATURES JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-1 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the operator has determined the corrected RWL for the specified instrumentation per 34AB-B21-002.
TASK NUMBER: 201.099 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 201.099.B PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.57 SRO 3.83 STA 4.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.1.35 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.90 SRO 4.20 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-B21-002-1 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version) (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-B21-002-1 34AB-B21-002-2 (current version) (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 11.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. An event occurred resulting in a Reactor scram and then an Emergency Depressurization from high Drywell temperature.
- 2. The NPO has reported the following Reactor Water Levels (RWL):
1B21-R606A, B and C (Narrow Range) is +8 inches 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) is +28 inches 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) is +28 inches 1B21-R604A and 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) are +30 inches 1B21-R604B and 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) are +35 inches 1B21-R623A and 1B21-R623B (Fuel Zone) are indicating ****
- 3. NO erratic behavior for the specified instruments has been observed.
INITIATING CUES:
Determine which of these RWL indications are valid And Report the corrected RWL for EACH valid RWL instrument And Any recommendations concerning RWL.
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 7 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.
Reference:
NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation.
START TIME:__________
- 1. Operator identifies the procedure Operator has identified the correct needed to perform the task. procedure as 34AB-B21-002-1.
NOTE: If the operator indicates that SPDS would be checked, give the operator Supplement 1.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Drywell temperature indications, INDICATE for the operator that temperature is greater than 150°F (Use Supplement 1 if SPDS is addressed).
- 2. Determine if RWL corrections are Using SPDS (or Drywell temp required. indications) the operator DETERMINES:
Drywell temperature is greater than 150°F.
RWL corrections ARE required.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 8 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 3. Review Caution 1 and Caution 2 on The operator has REVIEWED Attachment 1 of 34AB-B21-002-1. Caution 1 and Caution 2 on Attachment 1 of 34AB-B21-002-1.
- 4. Confirm there is no indication of The operator has VERIFIED, by erratic instrument behavior. observation or by addressing the panel operator, that the following RWL instruments show NO erratic instrument behavior:
1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range) 1B21-R623A (Fuel Zone)
PROMPT: WHEN the operator indicates use of the Diagnostic screen of SPDS, GIVE the operator Supplement 2.
- 5. Determine highest temperature for At SPDS panel, the operator has RTD Group 1 and 2 (Maximum Run DETERMINED the following Temperature). Maximum Run Temperatures:
RTD Group 1 - 293°F RTD Group 2 - 290°F PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2.
- 6. Determine highest temperature for At SPDS panel, the operator has RTD Group 5 (Maximum Run DETERMINED the following Temperature). Maximum Run Temperatures:
RTD Group 5 - 263°F
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 1 Page 9 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses temperature indications on Panels P654 and P657; indications can be SIMULATED using the values from Supplement 2.
- 6. Determine if the RWL instrument may The operator has DETERMINED be used by comparing the Minimum the following RWL instruments Indicated Level for the associated are VALID:
Maximum Run Temperature. 1B21-R606A (Narrow Range) 1B21-R606B (Narrow Range) 1B21-R606C (Narrow Range)
- 7. Determine if the RWL instrument may The operator has DETERMINED be used by comparing the Minimum the following RWL instruments Indicated Level for the associated are INVALID:
Maximum Run Temperature. 1B21-R604A 1B21-R604B 1B21-R605, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R655, (Flood Up Range) 1B21-R623A (Wide Range) 1B21-R623B (Wide Range)
- 8. Determine correct RWL from the Using 34AB-B21-002-1, the following; operator has DETERMINED 1B21-R606A Correct RWL for 1B21-R606A, 1B21-R606B B & C (narrow range) is +8 1B21-R606C. inches (accept +/-1 inch).
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
After JPM step #8 is complete.
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND SUPPLEMENTAL 1 & 2.
(** Indicates critical step)
SHUTDOWN 2
25 IN B
227 Page 10 of 11
227 N001J 293 290 N001B N001K 292 289 N001A N002 263 259 N010 N003 257 257 N009 N001L 205 257 207 205 N001M N008 200 207 N004 200 N005 Page 11 of 11 SUPPLEMENT 2
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)
DRAFT ADMIN 2 - ALL
Title:
IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin)
Author: Media Number: Time:
ANTHONY BALL 2015-301 ADMIN 2 15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:
Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 11 This page intentionally left blank
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 11 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 2 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials Revised ILT-1 Admin JPM LR-JP-25047 to match updated 34GO-OPS-001. New IRM Multipliers 01 ARB are included. After 2015 NRC Exam will be re-numbered to LR-JP-25047.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 4 of 11 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: IRM Alternate Power Checks Prior To Taking The Mode Switch To Run (Admin)
JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 2 TASK STANDARD: The task is complete when the IRM alternate power checks are performed and the Operator determines that Average % power calculated is higher then current APRM power readings and an evaluation of power level indication is required.
TASK NUMBER: xxx.xxx OBJECTIVE NUMBER: xxx.xxx.x PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO x.xx SRO x.xx K/A CATALOG NUMBER: xxxxxxxxxxxxxx K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.3 SRO x.xx OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 N/A REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-1 Rev.41.3 N/A (Attachment 15 Rev. 41.3)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Reactor Startup is in progress.
- 2. The crew is making preparations to startup the Steam Jet Air Ejector prior to securing the Mechanical Vacuum Pump.
- 3. All APRMs are currently reading 4% power.
- 4. Pre-Job Brief is NOT required.
INITIATING CUES:
IAW Step 7.3.24 of 34GO-OPS-001-1, perform Alternate Power Level check per Attachment 15.
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 7 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.
START TIME:__________
- 1. Operator has DETERMINED the Operator has OBTAINS the correct procedure section to use. correct procedure section to use starting at Attachment 15 PROMPT: AT this time GIVE the operator Attachment 1 (34GO-OPS-001-1, ATTACHMENT 15).
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM (IRM Data).
- 2. The operator identifies where he will The operator identifies where the obtain IRM power and range IRM power information is information to record on Attachment obtained, At IH 11-P603.
15.
NOTE: ATTACHMENT 3 is the marked up answer key.
- 3. The operator copies the IRM range Using the copy of 34GO-OPS-and power level data onto the copy of 001-1 Attachment 15 the data is 34GO-OPS-001-1 Attachment 15. recorded by operator.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 2 Page 8 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
PROMPT: IF the operator request that the Calculations be verified, THEN as another operator perform verification but DO NOT correct any errors.
- 5. The operator determines that Average Using the Average % power, the
% power is greater than APRM power operator DETERMINES that settings. APRMs readings are NOT greater than the Average IRM power.
- 6. The operator determines an evaluation The operator informs the Shift of power level is required. Supervisor that an evaluation of power level indication is required.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
After JPM step #6 is complete.
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet AND ATTACHMENT 1& 2.
(** Indicates critical step)
ATTACHENT 1 ATTACHENT 2 IRM DATA IRMS RANGE READING A 9 18 C 9 20 E 9 20 G 10 20 B 9 18 D 9 22 F 10 20 H 9 18
ATTACHMENT 3
- KEY **
DO NOT give this to applicant
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 17 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)
DRAFT ADMIN 3 - ALL
Title:
REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE Author: Media Number: Time:
Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 3 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:
Approved By: Date:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 17 This page intentionally left blank
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 17 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 3 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 Initial development. ARB
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 17 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 1 of 15 UNIT 1 ( ) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: REVIEW OF RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-3 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator reviews the completed surveillance procedure, 34SV-E51-002-2, makes any required calculations and determines RCIC surveillance is unsat and RCIC is inoperable.
TASK NUMBER: 300.011 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 300.011.O K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.2.12 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.7 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO) / Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 2 34SV-E51-002-2 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 Completed surveillance package: 34SV-E51-002-2.
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A 1
3 EVALUATOR COPY UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power.
- 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST) Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability.
- 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig.
INITIATING CUES:
Review Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability.
Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets.
Using Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.5.1 through step 7.5.6.
Page 2 of 15
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 3 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.
Reference:
NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation.
START TIME:__________
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator a complete copy of 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability.
PROMPT: AT this time, GIVE the Operator Attachment 2 of this JPM (Data has been filled in for this JPM).
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the IST Book, INFORM the Operator that a supervisor has verified the reference data.
NOTE: JPM Steps 1 - 8 can be performed in any order.
- 1. The Operator evaluates parameters on On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, Attachment 1 and finds Turbine Speed the Operator EVALUATES Nr is acceptable. Turbine Speed Nr data is SATISFACTORY. 3900 rpm (Acceptable Range:
3861 (0.99) to 3939 (1.01) rpm)
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 4 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 2. The Operator evaluates parameters on On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure the Operator EVALUATES Inlet (Stopped) (Pi) is acceptable. Pressure (Still) (Pi) data is SATISFACTORY. 34 psig Acceptable Range: >7 psig.
- 3. The Operator evaluates parameters on On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, Attachment 1 and finds Inlet Pressure the Operator EVALUATES Inlet (Running) (Pi) is acceptable. Pressure (Running) (Pi) data is SATISFACTORY. 31 psig Acceptable Range: >7 psig.
- 4. The Operator evaluates parameters on At step 7.8.2.1.1 of 34SV-E51-Attachment 1 and finds Outlet 002-2, the Operator Pressure (Running) Po is NOT EVALUATES Outlet Pressure acceptable. data IS NOT SATISFACTORY.
1072 psig is NOT in the Acceptable Range of > 1135 psig.
NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) P o is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable.
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisors attention.
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 5 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 5. The Operator calculates and then On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, evaluates on Attachment 1 and finds the Operator CALCULATES Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT AND EVALUATES Differential acceptable. Pressure (2) dPr data IS NOT SATISFACTORY. 0.88 dPr is NOT in the Acceptable Range of 0.90 to 1.10 dPr.
NOTE: Ratio Differential Pressure (2) dP r is equal to the Test Value dP r divided by the Reference Value dP r . 1041/1183 = 0.88.
At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable and RCIC must be declared inoperable. This action IS acceptable.
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisors attention.
PROMPT: IF the Operator addresses the out of spec. item(s), DIRECT the Operator to finish the data package review.
- 6. The Operator evaluates parameters on On Attach. 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, Attachment 1 and finds Flowrate (4) the Operator EVALUATES (Qr) is acceptable. Flowrate (4) (Qr) data (400 gpm) is SATISFACTORY. Acceptable value is 400 gpm.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Out of Spec readings, INFORM the Operator to finish the data package review.
- 7. The Operator performs step 7.5.1 The Operator places a check mark Reason for test: for Norm. Surv. per the initial conditions.
- 8. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.1 The Operator has determined RCIC pump delivers at least 400 gpm RCIC pump Outlet Pressure at a pump discharge pressure of (Running) Po <1135 psig has greater than OR equal to 1135 psig failed to meet the acceptance with reactor pressure of > 920 psig criteria of step 7.5.2.1.
AND < 1058 psig.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 6 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 9. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.2 The Operator has verified that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream RCIC pump discharge lines up of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND filled. F022 are filled.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the RCIC pump discharge lines upstream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled, INFORM the Operator that RCIC pump discharge lines up stream of valves 2E51-F013 AND F022 are filled.
- 10. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.3 The Operator has verified that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, start, WHEN RCIC is started. auto start, WHEN RCIC started.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, INFORM the Operator that 2T41-B004A AND 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooling Fans, auto started.
- 11. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.4 The Operator has verified that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running. OPEN, WHEN cooler is running.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, open when RCIC is running, INFORM the Operator that 2P41-F040A AND 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, auto opened.
- 12. The Operator performs step 7.5.2.5 The Operator has verified that Oil Oil level AND pressure is observed. level AND pressure is observed.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses the Oil level AND pressure is observed, INFORM the Operator that Oil level AND pressures were observed.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 7 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 13. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.1 The Operator has determined that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po data. (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1.
NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Outlet Pressure (Running) P o is NOT acceptable and RCIC has failed the surveillance. This action IS acceptable.
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisors attention.
- 14. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 The Operator has determined that RCIC pump dPr data. Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2.
NOTE: At this time, the Operator may elect to inform the Shift Supervisor that Differential Pressure (2) dPr is NOT acceptable. This action IS acceptable.
It IS also acceptable for the Operator to complete the review before bringing this to the supervisors attention.
- 15. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.6.2 The Operator has determined that Flowrate (4) (Qr) data. Flowrate (Qr) data meets the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2.
- 16. The Operator evaluates step 7.5.2.7 if The Operator evaluates if Response Time Test was performed. Response Time Test was performed.
PROMPT: WHEN the Operator addresses Response Time Test, INFORM the Operator that Response Time Test was NOT performed.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 3 Page 8 of 15 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 17. The Operator performs step 7.5.4 The Operator completes step Test Result. 7.5.4 and marks the step UNSAT.
NOTE: JPM Steps 26 - 28 can be performed in any order.
- 18. The Operator performs step 7.5.5 for The Operator lists in step 7.5.5 RCIC pump Outlet Pressure that RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po <1135 psig has failed to (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step meet the acceptance criteria of 7.5.2.6.1. step 7.5.2.1 & 7.5.2.6.1
(<1135 psig).
NOTE: If the Operator addresses writing a Condition Report (CR) based on this surveillance, inform the Operator that another operator will write the CR.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
After JPM step #19 is complete.
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
EVALUATOR - PICK UP the Initiating Cue sheet.
(** Indicates critical step)
ATTACHMENT 1
- KEY **
DO NOT give this to applicant SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 45 of 59 DOCUMENT TITLE: DOCUMENT NUMBER: Version No:
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY 34SV-E51-002-2 24.1 ATTACHMENT 1 Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 1 of 1 Reference Data Changes:
Is reference data being changed? ( ) Yes () No IF YES, list justification for so doing:
REQ'D DATE REF INSTRU REFERENCE TEST ACCEPT. ALERT ACTION RATIO PARAMETER VALUE MPL NO. VALUE VALUE RANGE RANGE RANGE (3)
TAKEN (1) 2E51-R610 OR, Turbine Speed 0.99 to 1.01 Calibrated N/A N/A N/A (Nr) 3900* 01/18/12* 3900* RPM Handheld Tachometer Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A 34*
Pump Suction Pressure (Running) 2E51-R604 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A (Pi) 31* 01/18/12* 31*
Outlet Pressure 2E51-R601 N/A N/A N/A N/A (Po) 1215* 01/18/12* 1072*
Differential <0.90 0.90 to 1.10 Pressure (2) N/A N/A or dPr (DPr) 1183* 01/18/12* 1041* >1.10 dPr 0.88*
Flowrate (4) 2E51-R612 400 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.0 (Qr) 400*
(1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO-INS-001-0.
(2) Differential pressure must be calculated as: dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running) - Inlet Pressure (Pump running)
(3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value (4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0.
(** Indicates critical step)
ATTACHMENT 1
- KEY **
DO NOT give this to applicant SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PAGE PLANT E. I. HATCH 42 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE: DOCUMENT NUMBER: VERSION NO:
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY 34SV-E51-002-2 24.1 7.5 TEST RESULTS 7.5.1 Reason for test: ( ) Norm. Surv. ( ) WO # ____________________________________
( ) Other ________________________________________________________________
7.5.2 Acceptance Criteria 7.5.2.1 RCIC pump delivers at least 400 gpm at a pump discharge pressure of 1135 psig with reactor pressure between 920 and 1058 psig.
7.5.2.3 2T41-B004A and 2T41-B004B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Fans, AUTO START WHEN RCIC is started.
7.5.2.4 2P41-F040A and 2P41-F040B, RCIC Pump Rm Cooler Valves, OPEN, WHEN cooler is running.
7.5.2.5 Oil levels observed in the normal range, OR LOR written.
7.5.2.6 IF the 92 day test or CPT was performed:
7.5.2.6.1 Steps 7.5.2.1 through 7.5.2.5 are acceptable.
7.5.2.6.2 RCIC pump data matches the reference data WITHIN the limits stated on Attachment 1, 5 or 6.
- 7.5.2.7 IF Response Time Test was performed, RCIC Pump obtained rated flow and pressure in less than OR equal to 45 seconds.
Page 10 of 15
ATTACHMENT 1
- KEY **
DO NOT give this to applicant SOUTHERN NUCLEAR PAGE PLANT E. I. HATCH 43 OF 59 DOCUMENT TITLE: DOCUMENT NUMBER: VERSION NO:
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY 34SV-E51-002-2 24.1 7.5.4 Test Result:
( ) Satisfactory ( ) Unsatisfactory 7.5.5 Unsatisfactory Conditions: (1) RCIC pump Outlet Pressure (Running) Po has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.1 (<1135 psig)___________________
(2) RCIC Differential Pressure dPr has FAILED to meet the acceptance criteria of step 7.5.2.6.2 7.5.6 Comments/Corrective Actions: ______________________________________________
7.5.7 Test completed and/or verified by:
__________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________
Print Name / Initial / Date
__________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________
Print Name / Initial / Date
__________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________
Print Name / Initial / Date
__________________________________________ / ____________ / ____________
Print Name / Initial / Date Page 11 of 15
ATTACHMENT 2 PROVIDE TO APPLICANT SNC PLANT E. I. HATCH Pg 44 of 67 DOCUMENT TITLE: DOCUMENT NUMBER: Version No:
RCIC PUMP OPERABILITY 34SV-E51-002-2 31.0 ATTACHMENT 1 Attachment Page TITLE: RCIC PUMP QUARTERLY IST DATA AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 2 of 2 Reference Data Changes:
Is reference data being changed? ( ) Yes ( ) No IF YES, list justification for so doing:
REQ'D DATE REF INSTRU REFERENCE TEST ACCEPT. ALERT ACTION RATIO PARAMETER VALUE MPL NO. VALUE VALUE RANGE RANGE RANGE (3)
TAKEN (1) 2E51-R610 OR, Turbine Speed 0.99 to 1.01 Calibrated N/A N/A N/A (Nr) 3900* 01/18/12* 3900* RPM Handheld Tachometer Pump Suction Pressure (Still) 2E51-R604 N/A N/A 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A 34*
Pump Suction Pressure (Running) 2E51-R604 7 PSIG N/A < 7 PSIG N/A (Pi) 31* 01/18/12* 31*
Outlet Pressure 2E51-R601 N/A N/A N/A N/A (Po) 1215* 01/18/12* 1072*
Differential <0.90 0.90 to 1.10 Pressure (2) N/A N/A or dPr (DPr) 1183* 01/18/12* 1041* >1.10 dPr Flowrate (4) 2E51-R612 400 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.0 (Qr) 400*
(1) Pump declared inoperable according to 31GO-INS-001-0.
(2) Differential pressure must be calculated as: dP = Outlet Pressure (pump running) - Inlet Pressure (Pump running)
(3) Ratio = Test Value divided by Reference Value (4) Test value must equal reference value. Ratio for flowrate must equal 1.0.
Page 12 of 15
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Unit 2 is at 100% power.
- 2. A Normal RCIC Pump Quarterly Inservice Test (IST) Data Test has just been completed for the RCIC pump IAW 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability.
- 3. Unit 2 reactor pressure is 1043 psig.
INITIATING CUES:
Review Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2, RCIC Pump Operability.
Complete any calculations required by the surveillance data sheets.
Using Attachment 1 of 34SV-E51-002-2 data COMPLETE Section 7.5 TEST RESULTS, step 7.5.1 through step 7.5.6.
Page 13 of 15
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 13 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)
DRAFT ADMIN 4 - RO ONLY
Title:
DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY Author: Media Number: Time:
Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 4 9.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:
Approved By: Date:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 13 This page intentionally left blank
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 13 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials Revise JPM LR-JP-20059, due to implementation 17 5/26/11 of NMP-EP 110 and NMP-EP-111 and for NRC ELJ CME Exam 2011-3011.
Minor revision for procedure comparison and modified wind direction to obtain a different 17.1 evacuation route. After 2015 NRC Exam will be ARB incorporated into JPM Database with new media number.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 13 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 5 of 13 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: DETERMINE THE EVACUATION ROUTE DURING AN EMERGENCY JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 4 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be satisfactorily completed when the wind direction has been checked and the operator has determined that the evacuation route is THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING and then SOUTH on US Highway 1, IAW NMP-EP-111-002.
TASK NUMBER: 200.059 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.059.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.86 SRO 3.96 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.4.39 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.9 SRO 3.80 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-111-002 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 9.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A
4 UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE CANDIDATE INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. A Reactor scram has occurred.
- 2. Plant conditions have resulted in an Elevated Radioactive release.
- 3. A Prompt Off-Site Dose Assessment calculation has been performed and an Offsite Release has been verified to be in progress.
- 4. Peak calculated TEDE is 100 mRem/hr.
- 5. The Emergency Director (ED) has declared a Site Area Emergency.
- 7. SPDS is available.
INITIATING CUES:
Your task is to fill out the appropriate form required to make the PA announcement for this emergency IAW NMP-EP-111-002, EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS - HATCH.
NOTE: Another operator will make the actual page announcement IAW NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 Page Announcements.
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 7 of 13 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.
Reference:
NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation.
START TIME:__________
NOTE: The candidate may review NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 Page Announcements.
PROMPT: AT THIS TIME PROVIDE the candidate with the following:
o NMP-EP-111-002, EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION NETWORK COMMUNICATOR INSTRUCTIONS - HATCH.
AND o Also PROVIDE the attached SPDS Attachments.
- 1. Select correct section of The candidate uses NMP-EP-111-NMP-EP-111-002. 002, Table of Contents and determines that Instruction 5 -
Emergency Page Announcement Selection Guidance is the required section.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 8 of 13 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 2. Select the correct form to use for a The candidate uses NMP-EP-111-Site-Area Emergency announcement. 002, Instruction 5 to determine that IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site-Area Or General Emergency" (see page
- 14) is the required form.
NOTE: The candidate may review the NOTES at the top of NMP-EP-111-002, IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of SAE Or GE"
- 3. IV. a. Refer to Selection Guidance The candidate determines that information on page 11 to determine wind direction is required in order the applicable rally point, exit route to select the correct evacuation and evacuation route. Record the route.
applicable information.
NOTE: Only one indication must be checked to satisfactorily complete Step 4.
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses wind direction at panel 1H11-P689, Y33-S/ZR R604 (WIND SPEED/DIRECTION 23 METER ELEVATION),
INDICATE for the Candidate that this recorder is INOPERABLE.
- 4. Check wind direction. At panel 1H11-P690, wind direction checked on one of the following:
SPDS MIDAS screen OR SPDS MET Data screen
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 9 of 13 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 5. Determine the applicable rally point, The candidate uses Selection exit route and evacuation route. Guidance information on page Record the applicable information. 11 to determine:
Rally point: PESB Exit Route: Road behind Low Level Radwaste Building Evacuation Route:
U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley The candidate then RECORDS the information in appropriate section of IV. Standard Announcement For Notification Of Site-Area Or General Emergency."
NOTE: If the operator uses the 10 Meter wind direction, the Site Exit route will (INCORRECTLY) state Main Access Road.
NOTE: The candidate may select DRILL for item 1. This is ACCEPTABLE practice for the purpose of training evaluations at Hatch.
PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses contacting Security to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings INFORM the Candidate that Security has been directed to activate the PA system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PROMPT: IF the Candidate addresses NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 Page Announcements, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the Candidate that this will performed by another Operator.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Candidate when:
With NO reasonable progress, the Candidate exceeds double the allotted time.
Candidate states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY IV. STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE-AREA OR GENERAL EMERGENCY NOTES:
- The appropriate emergency tone and announcement must be made as soon as possible, but not to exceed 15 minutes after the initial emergency declaration
- The person making this announcement is expected to announce all applicable information.
- a. Refer to Selection Guidance information on page 11 to determine the applicable rally point, exit route and evacuation route.
Record the applicable information below needed for this announcement.
- b. Contact Security to direct activation of the Public Address system in the Simulator and Skills Buildings PRIOR to beginning the announcement.
- c. Perform IAW NMP-EP-111 Checklist 1 Page Announcements.
(Select one) Site-Area Emergency or General Emergency
- 1. ATTENTION ALL PERSONNEL. THIS (IS / IS NOT) A DRILL. A/AN Site-Area Emergency HAS BEEN DECLARED.
- 2. (Select one): A RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE ( IS / IS NOT) IN PROGRESS.
- 3. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PERSONNEL ARE TO REPORT TO YOUR EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITY AND INITIATE EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES.
NOTE: Announcement of items 4 or 5 may be discontinued upon verification that non-essential personnel have left the plant site.
- 4. Use if a radiological release is not in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD. THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS EITHER DIRECTION ON U. S.
HIGHWAY 1.
- 5. Use if a radiological release is in progress ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL ARE TO EXIT THE PLANT SITE USING (select one):
THE MAIN ACCESS ROAD, THE ROAD BEHIND THE LOW LEVEL RADWASTE BUILDING, OTHER (specify another exit route) _______________________.
AND THE EVACUATION ROUTE IS (Select one):
EITHER DIRECTION ON U.S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT EITHER TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS OR APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY.
SOUTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT APPLING CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN BAXLEY.
NORTH ON U. S. HIGHWAY 1. REPORT TO THE STATE RECEPTION CENTER AT TOOMBS CO. HIGH SCHOOL IN LYONS.
EVALUATOR ANSWER KEY SELECTION GUIDANCE FOR STANDARD ANNOUNCEMENT RALLY POINT/SITE EXIT ROUTE/ EVACUATION ROUTE Is a radiological release in progress? Yes No IF a. A radiological release Is Not in progress:
THEN b. The following rally point, site exit route, and evacuation route will be used:
- Rally Point - Plant Entry & Security Building (PESB)
- Site Exit Route - Main Access Road
- Evacuation Route - Either direction on U. S. Hwy 1.
IF c. A radiological release Is in progress:
THEN Use the chart below to determine the rally point, site exit route, evacuation route and State Reception Center, based on wind direction.
Consult with Security to determine alternative(s) IF designated rally point and/or site exit route cannot be used. The use of an alternate rally point requires notifying Security and HP prior to making the announcement.
NOTE: The 15 minute average wind direction information should be read using the meteorological instrumentation that corresponds to the primary release point.
Wind Site Exit Route:
Direction Rally Point: Evacuation Route/State Reception From: Center 340º - 60º Gate 17 Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - North to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons 61º - 110º PESB Road behind Low U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Level Radwaste Co. High School/ Baxley Building 111º - 225º PESB Main Access Road U.S. Highway 1 - South to Appling Co. High School/ Baxley 226º - 339º PESB Main Access Road Either direction on U.S. Highway 1 to Toombs Co. High School/Lyons or Appling Co. High School/Baxley
5.0 4.0 115 65 (F) 10M 60-10 100-10 15 MIN. AVG 55 -0.5 -1.0 .000 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 12 of 13
115 DEG 115 DEG 90 DEG 91 DEG 65 DEG 64 DEG 65 DEG 64 DEG 2015-301 ADMIN 4 Page 13 of 13
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)
DRAFT ADMIN 5 (SRO ONLY)
DO NOT GIVE AS A GROUP
Title:
CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED Author: Media Number: Time:
Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 5 20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:
Approved By: Date:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 12 This page intentionally left blank
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 12 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 5 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials Modified 2011-301 Admin 4 to use on ILT-9 NRC 00 Exam 2015-301. After exam both JPMs will be ARB CME renumbered and incorporated into JPM bank.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 12 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 5 of 12 UNIT 1 ( ) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: CONTROL HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CONCENTRATIONS IN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WHEN PRIMARY CONTAINMENT GAS CONTROL FLOWCHART IS ENTERED JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN-5 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator has directed the required actions per 31EO-PCG-001-2, Primary Containment Gas Control.
TASK NUMBER: 201.072 PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.57 SRO 3.88 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: G2.3.11 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.80 SRO 3.70 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 2 31EO-PCG-001-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 31EO-PCG-001-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 20 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A
5 UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. You are the SS on Unit 2
- 3. An Emergency Depressurization has been performed
- 4. RWL is stable at -150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps
- 5. Torus water level is stable at 250 inches
- 6. NO Primary Containment Venting is in progress
- 7. NO Primary Containment Purging is in progress
- 8. Estimated Offsite Dose has been calculated at 300 mR/hr
- 9. A Projected Offsite Dose has been calculated at 400 mR/hr INITIATING CUES:
Evaluate the PCG EOP flowchart, 31EO-PCG-001-2 ONLY.
IAW the PCG flowchart, address and state ALL steps, actions, and orders that are to be directed, due to these plant conditions.
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 7 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.
Reference:
NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation.
START TIME:__________
PROMPT: At this time PROVIDE ALL ATTACHMENTS to the student.
- 1. Enters the PCG flowchart. The operator ENTERS 31EO-PCG-001 flowchart.
- 2. Confirm the H2O2 analyzers are in The operator DETEMINES that service. the the H2O2 analyzers are in service by checking 2H11-P700 or SPDS.
- 3. Evaluate the override at C-5. The operator DETERMINES that path G-2 Point S is to be entered.
- 4. At D-6 on path G-2, determine if The operator DETERMINES Projected TEDE is >1000 mr/hr. Projected TEDE is <1000 mr/hr based on Initial conditions.
- 5. At D-6 on path G-2, determine if there The operator DETERMINES is detectable Hydrogen in drywell or there is Hydrogen in drywell or torus. torus based on Initial conditions.
- 6. Determines Estimated Offsite Dose. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E-7 the Estimated Offsite Dose to be 300 mr/hr based on Initial conditions.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 8 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 7. Determines Projected Offsite Dose. The operator DETERMINES and RECORDS at E-7 the Projected Offsite Dose to be 400 mr/hr based on Initial conditions.
- 8. Determines the TOTAL Estimated and The operator DETERMINES and Projected Peak TEDE. RECORDS at F-7 the TOTAL Estimated and Projected Peak TEDE to be 700 mr/hr (300 + 400 = 700).
PROMPT: WHEN the operator directs the starting of DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans, INFORM the operator that DW Cooling Fans and Return Fans are running.
- 10. Evaluates decision step at G-7, on The operator DETERMINES that path G-2, to determine whether Torus Torus level is below 300 inches.
Water level is below 300 inches. (Chooses YES, proceeds to the right to vent the Torus).
- 11. Using step at H-7, on path G-2, directs The operator DIRECTS an NPO Vent torus per 31EO-EOP-104-2. If to Vent torus per 31EO-EOP-104-necessary, defeat isolation interlocks. 2. If necessary, defeat isolation interlocks.
PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate venting of the Torus, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression, Torus venting is in progress.
PROMPT: IF ASKED whether the DW is being vented throught the Torus, INFORM the operator the indications are DW pressure and Torus pressure are both slowly decreasing.
- 12. Using step at J-7, on path G-2, directs The operator DIRECTS an NPO Initiate and maximize drywell to Initiate and maximize primary nitrogen purge flow per 31EO-EOP- containment purge flow per 104-2. 31EO-EOP-104-2.
PROMPT: WHEN directed to initiate Primary Containment Purge flow, INFORM the operator that, using Time Compression, Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 5 Page 9 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
PROMPT: AFTER operator is informed that Primary Containment purge flow has been initiated and maximized, INFORMS the operator that Projected Offsite Dose is now 1100 mr/hr.
- 14. Evaluates the override at D-6 on path The operator DETERMINES G-2, to determine if adequate core adequate core cooling is assured cooling is assured. based on Initial conditions.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses RWL, INFORM the operator that RWL is stable at -150 inches, using all available Core Spray and RHR pumps.
- 15. Using step at D-6, on path G-2, directs The operator DIRECTS an NPO torus venting secured. to secure torus venting.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that torus venting has been secured.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses securing torus venting, INFORM the operator that nitrogen purge flow has been secured.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step) 3.5 4.0 Page 10 of 12 Page 11 of 12 Page 12 of 12
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 1 of 14 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training Job Performance Measure (JPM)
DRAFT ADMIN 6 SRO ONLY
Title:
Emergency Classification - Complete NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 Author: Media Number: Time Critical:
Anthony Ball 2015-301 ADMIN 6 15 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee: Date:
Approved By: Date:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 2 of 14 This page intentionally left blank
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 3 of 14 Course Number Program Name Media Number N/A OPERATIONS TRAINING 2015-301 ADMIN 6 Authors Sups Rev. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 8/23/11 Initial Development SDH DNM 01 10/15/13 Made left hand column match procedure steps. MMG ALS Ensured each critical step only has one action.
ADDED Checklist 1 answer key.
1.1 Updated to latest procedure revision and will be ARB used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. After exam will be renamed back to original JPM Title (LR-JP-25071-01).
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.0 Form Page 4 of 14 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 5 of 14 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: Emergency Classification - Complete NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 JPM NUMBER: 2015-301 ADMIN 6 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the event has been classified and NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1 is completed through step 6.
TASK NUMBER: 200.052 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.052.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.67 SRO 4.04 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: Generic 2.4.41 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 2.30 SRO 4.1 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-110 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2 NMP-EP-110 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: NA
UNIT 1 & 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. You are the On Shift Shift Manager.
- 2. Units 1 and 2 are operating at 100% power. The FAA Atlanta calls Plant Hatch control room on the telephone. A NPO answers the phone. The following information is rapidly confirmed with the NRC Operations Center using the Emergency Notification System (ENS) phone.
- 3. The NRC Operations Center confirms:
- The plane has inexplicably changed course, is now headed east, and is 20 miles west of Macon, Georgia.
- Atlanta Flight Control has tried all available methods to communicate with the flights crew, but has been unsuccessful.
- Based on the planes flight path and rate of descent, it appears that Plant Hatch is in the flight path of a Track of Interest (TOI).
The flight will reach Plant Hatch, by best estimate, in 29 minutes.
- 4. The Control Room has contacted the NRC and NRC has confirmed the information.
- 5. NO Peer Check is available.
INITIATING CUES:
Classify the Event by Completing NMP-EP-110 Checklist 1, Steps 1 through 6.
AND Communicate the Emergency Classification AND the IC# the Emergency Classification is based on to the Operating Crew (Crew Update)
This JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
Current time is: ___________________
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 7 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
NOTE: The CLASSIFICATION must be made within 15 minutes of the initial prompt and the Student states they understand the initial conditions.
NOTE: The Student is expected to obtain a copy of Checklist 1 if the Initiating Cue is given in the Simulator or Control Room.
START TIME:_________
- 1. Operator identifies the procedure The operator has OBTAINED needed to perform the task. Check List 1, which is contained in NMP-EP-110.
- 2. Checklist 1, Step 1. On Checklist 1, Step 1, Determine the appropriate Initiating The operator has selected HOT Condition Matrix for classification of IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart the event based on the current operating mode:
HOT IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart COLD IC/EAL Matrix Eval Chart Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 8 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 3. Checklist 1, Step 2. On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, Evaluate the status of the fission The operator has selected product barrier using Figure 1, Fission INTACT for Fuel Cladding Product Barrier Evaluation. Integrity.
Select the condition of each fission product barrier:
Fuel Cladding Integrity
- 4. Checklist 1, Step 2. On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, Evaluate the status of the fission The operator has selected product barrier using Figure 1, Fission INTACT for Reactor Cooling Product Barrier Evaluation. System.
Select the condition of each fission product barrier:
- 5. Checklist 1, Step 2. On Checklist 1, Step 2.a, Evaluate the status of the fission The operator has selected product barrier using Figure 1, Fission INTACT for Containment Product Barrier Evaluation. Integrity.
Select the condition of each fission product barrier:
Containment Integrity
- 6. Checklist 1, Step 2.b. On Checklist 1, Step 2.b, Determine the highest applicable The operator has selected NONE fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC).
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 9 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 7. Checklist 1, Step 3. On Checklist 1, Step 3.
Evaluate AND determine the highest The operator has identified HA4 applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4.
- 8. Checklist 1, Step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 4.
Check the highest emergency The operator has selected classification level identified from ALERT as the Classification.
either step 2b or 3:
Classification
- 9. Checklist 1, Step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 4.
Check the highest emergency The operator has selected HA4 classification level identified from for the Based on IC#.
either step 2b or 3:
Based on IC #
NOTE: It is expected that the IC# be filled in on Checklist 1 (in the above step). Credit for this step will be given if the proper IC# is announced during the Crew Update announcing the classification to the crew.
- 10. Checklist 1, Step 4. On Checklist 1, Step 4.
Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, The operator has written A as needed). validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away in the space provided.
NOTE: If follow-up questioning reveals that a classification was declared and based on another IC #, the classification should be evaluated for validity.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 10 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 11. Checklist 1, Step 5. On Checklist 1, Step 5.
Declare the event by approving the The operator has signed their Emergency Classification. name as the Emergency Director in the space provided.
- 12. Checklist 1, Step 5. On Checklist 1, Step 5.
Fill in the Date in the space provided. The operator has entered the current Date in the space provided.
- 13. Checklist 1, Step 5. On Checklist 1, Step 5.
Fill in the Time in the space provided. The operator has entered the current Time in the space provided.
Time Critical Stop Time: .
NOTE: For this step to be completed considered SAT, the time entered must be within 15 minutes of the time recorded on the Initial Conditions sheet provided to the operator.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator enquires about meteorological conditions, GIVE the operator the MIDAS Information Sheet if not given earlier when performing a Group JPM.
- 14. On Checklist 1, Step 6. The operator has obtained Obtain Meteorological Data (not Meteorological Data (i.e. MIDAS required prior to event declaration). Information Sheet).
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 11 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 15. On Checklist 1, Step 6. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Record the following: The operator has entered 130 in Wind Direction (from) the space provided for Wind
- Direction (from).
- 16. On Checklist 1, Step 6. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Record the following: The operator has entered 5 in the
- space provided for Wind Speed.
Wind Speed
- 17. On Checklist 1, Step 6. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Record the following: The operator has entered D in the
- space provided for Stability
- Class.
Stability Class
- 18. On Checklist 1, Step 6. On Checklist 1, Step 6.
Record the following: The operator has entered 0 in the
- space provided for Precipitation.
Precipitation
- 19. Classification is announced to the Operator performs a Crew crew. Update and announces what the Classification is and the IC# the classification is based on.
PROMPT: If the IC# is NOT filled in on Checklist 1 or announced during a Crew Update, TELL the operator to review the Initiating Cue.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 12 of 14 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
PROMPT: If the operator addresses performance of Checklist 1 Step 7 Initiate Checklist 2, Emergency Plan Initiation, INFORM the operator that another operator will Initiate Checklist 2.
END TIME: _________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
2015-301 ADMIN 6 Page 13 of 14 INSTRUCTOR ANSWER KEY Checklist 1 - Classification Determination NOTE Key Parameters should be allowed to stabilize to accurately represent plant conditions prior to classifying an event Initial Actions Completed by
- 1. Determine the appropriate Initiating Condition Matrix for classification of the event based on the current operating mode:
Student HOT IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 2) to evaluate the Barriers)
COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart (Go To Step 3)
Both HOT & COLD IC/EAL Matrix Evaluation Chart apply (Go To Step 2)
- 2. Evaluate the status of the fission product barrier using Figure 1, Fission Product Barrier Evaluation.
- a. Select the condition of each fission product barrier: Student LOSS POTENTIAL LOSS INTACT Fuel Cladding Integrity Reactor Coolant System Containment Integrity
- b. Determine the highest applicable fission product barrier Initiating Condition (IC): Student (select one) FG1 FS1 FA1 FU1 None
- 3. Evaluate AND determine the highest applicable IC/EAL using the Matrix Evaluation Chart(s) identified in step 1 THEN Go To step 4.
Student Hot IC# HA4 Unit 1/2 and/or Cold IC# __________ Unit___ or None
- 4. Check the highest emergency classification level identified from either step 2b or 3:
Student Classification Based on IC# Classification Based on IC#
General Alert HA4 Site-Area NOUE None N/A Remarks (Identify the specific EAL, as needed): A validated notification from NRC of an airliner attack threat less than 30 minutes away
- 5. Declare the event by approving the Emergency Classification.
Student Date: ***** / ***** / **** Time: ****** Student Emergency Director
- 6. Obtain Meteorological Data (not required prior to event declaration):
Wind Direction (from) 130 Wind Speed 5 Stability Class D Precipitation 0 Student
- 7. Initiate Attachment 2, Checklist 2 - Emergency Plan Initiation. ____________
(** Indicates critical step)
Page 14 of 14 Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 10 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 1 (ALL)
Title START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 1 2015-301 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 10 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 16 02/22/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 17 05/03/02 Revise Simulator Setup DNM DHG 18 03/01/05 Deleted S from procedure numbers, changed Revision and BEB DHG Rev. numbers to Current Version, changed Reactor Operator to Nuclear Plant Operator, changed IC 121 to IC 127 for Simulator Setup, added new prompts, changed location of some steps and prompts.
19 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 20 03/30/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 21 01/06/09 This revision is meant for initial training prior to implementation DNM RAB of ASDs on U2 during the 2009 U2 outage. It is the intent of CEB Training & Operations to perform the best training possible gathering feedback from Operators during the process & feeding this information back to Operations prior to implementation to improve procedures prior to final implementation. (Note:
originally a new JPM 04.20 was written, however this JPM was revised to modify the task and TO for the equipment and JPM 04.20 not retained). Section for Unit One will be simulate in Main Control Room due to modification on simulator to reflect changes to Unit 2.
21.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009-302 Exam FNF CME 21.2 Minor revision to match procedure and use on ILT-09 ARB NRC Exam. Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to CR-Sim 1 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 10 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG
CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 4 of 10 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: START A RECIRC ADJUSTABLE SPEED DRIVE (ASD) FROM THE CONTROL ROOM JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 1 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Adjustable Speed Drive (ASD) has been started and then secured.
TASK NUMBER: 004.002 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 004.002.A, 004.002.E PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.50 SRO 3.22 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 202001K6.02 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.1 SRO 3.2 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 2 34SO-B31-001-2 (current version) 34AB-B31-001-2 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 34SO-B31-001-2 (current version) marked up to step 7.1.3.1.11 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
- 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #102 and leave in FREEZE.
- 2. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. Secure both Recirc Pumps and Close their Discharge valves B. Raise RWL to >47 inches as indicated on GEMAC.
C. Use rfB31_29 and open Seal purge valve B31-F016A.
D. Open Reactor Recirc Pump Suction Valves, 2B31-F023A and 2B31-F023B.
E. Start up the 2A Recirc ASD up to step 7.1.3.1.10, with the breaker closed for the ASD, the ASD START pushbutton lit, and RWL > 32.
F. Have a Marked up copy of 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10, G. Turn OFF the SPDS screens.
H. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators
- 3. INSERT the following Event Trigger:
ET # Description EGB31-1 Inserts the following alarms when F031A is fully open (Green light goes out):
- ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off)
- ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On)
- + 2 seconds - ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On)
- + 10 seconds - ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On)
Event Trigger Contents:
- Activate ET B31-1 when 2A Recirc pump discharge valve is full open (green light out) loB31-F031AG1.algToPanel =0
- THEN (SCN Portion of ET)
IOR loB31-DS42AW1 f:0 d:0; ASD A - Cooling Normal (White Light Off)
IMF mf60211169 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Trouble (Annunciator On)
+2IMF mf60211170 f:1 d:0; ASD A Cooling Fault (Annunciator On)
+10IMF mf60211146 f:1 d:0; ASD A Fatal Fault (Annunciator On)
- 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
- 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Unit 2 is in cold shutdown
- 2. SPDS is Out of Service and being worked.
- 3. A Recirc Pump is required for forced circulation.
- 4. CRD seal purge is in service with 1.9 gpm flow to the A seals.
- 5. Maintenance has performed all applicable sections for venting/purging of the A Recirc Pump seals IAW 52CM-B31-003-0.
- 6. 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, is complete up to step 7.1.3.1.10.
- 7. 34SO-B31-001-2 Attachment 5 Recirc Pump Startup Prerequisites was just completed and is SAT for a start of the A Recirc Pump.
INITIATING CUES:
Start 2A Recirc Pump IAW 34SO-B31-001-2, Reactor Recirculation System, Section 7.1.3., starting at step 7.1.3.1.10.
CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 7 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, all actions are carried out at panel 2H11-P601.
PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the correct procedure, PROVIDE the applicant with a copy of 34SO-B31-001-2, Recirc system, marked up to step 7.1.3.1.10,
- 1. Operator obtains procedure and Operator has obtained 34SO-B31-reviews the procedures precautions 001-2 and reviewed the and limitations. precautions and limitations.
NOTE: RWL indication on 2H11-P603 is not corrected. The operator must subtract 15 inches from the indicated RWL. Therefore RWL is required to be above 47 inches (32 + 15 = 47).
- 2. Confirm RWL is greater than +32 At panel 2H11-P603, the inches. Operator VERIFIES that RWL is greater than +32 inches actual level (> 47 inches indicated).
PROMPT: IF addressed by the Operator, INFORM the Operator that Attachment 5 was complete and acceptable within the last 15 minutes.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 8 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 3. Confirm/Close Reactor Recirc Pump Operator confirms PUMP DISCH Discharge Valve, 2B31-F031A. VLV 2B31-F031A is CLOSED, green light illuminated.
- 4. Confirm ASD A START pushbutton Operator confirms ASD A indicating lamp is illuminated. START pushbutton indicating lamp is illuminated
- 5. Visually Confirm the ASD A Operator confirms the ASD A startup temperature limits are still startup temperature limits are still acceptable. acceptable by observing temperatures on 2B31-R601 at Panel 2H11-P614.
NOTE: The above step may not be performed, since the Initiating Cue states that Attachment 5 (checking startup temperatures) has just been performed and all temperatures are acceptable.
PROMPT: Once the applicant has identified the 2B31-R601 recorder, INFORM the applicant that all temperatures are acceptable.
- 7. Confirm the following: Operator confirms the following:
- The ASD A STARTING light
- The ASD A STARTING light illuminates illuminates.
- The ASD A START light
- The ASD A START light extinguishes. extinguishes.
- 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A
- 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, starts to JOG OPEN 2 Disch Vlv, starts to JOG seconds after the ASD A OPEN 2 seconds after the STARTING light illuminates. ASD A STARTING light illuminates.
- The ASD A speed increases to
- The ASD A speed increases to
~370 RPM on 2B31-R660A and ~370 RPM on 2B31-R660A
~22% on 2B31-R661A in about 4 and ~22% on 2B31-R661A in seconds. about 4 seconds.
- The ASD A RUNNING light
- The ASD A RUNNING light illuminates. illuminates.
- The ASD A STARTING light
- The ASD A STARTING light
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 9 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS) extinguishes. extinguishes.
- 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A
- 2B31-F031A, Recirc Pump A Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN <96 Disch Vlv, is FULL OPEN seconds after the Recirc ASD A <96 seconds after the Recirc STARTING light illuminates. ASD A STARTING light illuminates.
- Recirc A Flow, indicates 11,000 -
- Acknowledge expected alarms
- Acknowledges expected alarm 602-227, Recirc Loop B Out Of Service PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Attachment 5, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete Attachment 5.
NOTE: This step may not be done due to the cooling and fault alarms coming in on the ASD.)
- 8. Complete remainder of Attachment 5. Operator has verified Attachment 5 will be completed.
NOTE This is where the ALTERNATE PATH starts.
Simulator Operator Confirm Event Trigger EGB31-1 ACTIVATES when the green light extinguishes on 2B31-F031A.
NOTE: The following cooling fault automatically occurs based on 2B31-F031A being full open.
- 9. Respond to annunciators: Operator places the ASD A control switch to the STOP
- 602-126 ASD A Cooling Fault within 5 minutes of receiving the alarms.
- 602-102 ASD A FATAL FAULT END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 1 2015-301 Page 10 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator has tripped or shutdown ASD A.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 17 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 2 (ALL)
Title LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 2 2015-301 18.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 17 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 01 07/31/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 06/04/91 Procedure revision JEM DHG 03 08/26/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB General revision, format change, change simulator setup, word 04 08/01/96 processor change RAB DHG Revised malfunction numbers due to new simulator computer.
05 01/18/99 SCB DHG Format modification, modify title, change time allowance based 06 02/03/00 on running average RAB DHG 07 10/31/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 08 01/03/02 Minor correction (shift from PEO to SO) RLS DHG 09 02/26/02 Include initial opertor statement RAB RAB Deleted S from procedure numbers, changed Revision and 10 02/24/05 Rev. numbers to Current Version, changed Reactor Operator BEB DHG to Nuclear Plant Operator, changed IC #131 for Simulator Setup, added 1E11-F028A(B) and 2E11-F028A(B) to step #2 for U1 and U2 JPMs due to valves listed in procedure.
Revised Initial License statement for successful completion 11 05/31/05 RAB RAB 12 04/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 12.1 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question.
Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-06.11 (New Media Number) after NRC Exam.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 17 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 4 of 17 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: LOWER RWL USING THE RHR SYSTEM JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 2 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: This task shall be completed when the lineup to lower RWL using the RHR System is per 31EO-EOP-106.
TASK NUMBER: 006.011 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 006.011.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.22 SRO 3.00 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 295031EA101 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.40 SRO 4.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-106-1 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version) (current version) 31EO-EOP-016-1 31EO-EOP-016-2 (current version) (current version)
EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core EOP Graph 4 (Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit) Uncovery Time Limit)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-106-1 31EO-EOP-106-2 (current version) (current version)
EOP Graph Book EOP Graph Book APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 18.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 5 of 17 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
- 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #131 or SNAP 612 and leave in FREEZE.
- 2. ACTIVATE THE FOLLOWING EVENT TRIGGERS:
Trigger # DESCRIPTION CONDITIONS E11-?
- 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:
Key # MALF # TITLE FINAL RAMP ACT.
VALUE RATE TIME
- 4. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY
- 5. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfE11282 2E11-F028A/B Intk with F006A/C ORIDE
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 6 of 17
- 6. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES:
TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT.
TIME aoB21-R605 P Reactor Level (0 - 400) 0 0 aoC32-R655 L Reactor Level (0 - 200) 200 0
- 7. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. Take RHR out of shutdown cooling and close 2E11-F008 and 2E11-F009.
B. Close MSIVs, HPCI, RCIC isolations and open seven ADS valves. Start CS and RHR to flood the Reactor.
C. When R655 is UPSCALE, stop all ECCS.
D. Acknowledge all annunciators.
- 8. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the crew assumes the shift.
- 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 20 Minutes
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. An event has occurred on Unit 2 and Reactor flooding has been performed.
- 2. Conditions have been satisfied for terminating injection and restoring RWL indication.
- 3. 31EO-EOP-016-2, (CP-2), is in progress.
INITIATING CUES:
Lower RWL with Loop B, of RHR System using 31EO-EOP-106-2.
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 8 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
NOTE: If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2B, perform Steps 1 - 18.
If the operator starts first with the RHR pump 2D, perform Steps 19 - 35.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses which RHR loop is to be used, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the RHR Loop B should be used.
- 1. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B At panel 2H11-P601, RHR pumps. PUMP, 2E11-C002B and D are stopped, green light illuminated.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 9 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 2. Confirm/Close the following valves: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green 2E11-F004B light illuminated:
2E11-F017B TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F004B 2E11-F016B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F024B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F027B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F028B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B 2E11-F010 FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable.
PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed.
IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, E11-F010 Breaker Rackout, to IN.
- 3. Reset valve isolations. GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels:
Panel 2H11-P601 Panel 2H11-P602 NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will not open.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 10 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 6. Confirm open: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red 2E11-F003B light illuminated:
2E11-F047B HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B
- 7. Open valve 2E11-F006B. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics.
- 8. Place the Keylock Control Switch for At panel 2H11-P601, the Keylock 2E11-F028B to open. Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B, is OPEN.
- 9. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Operator has CALLED the Shift Or Test Vlv, 2E11-F028B. Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C.
NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve.
NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 rfE11282, 2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C, to ORIDE to open F028B.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 11 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 10. Confirm open 2E11-F028B. At panel 2H11-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11-C002B or D switch selected is failed.
Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure.
- 11. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002B is NOT running, green light illuminated.
NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor. (EITHER is acceptable)
- 12. May confirm Open the following: These valves were previously 2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve confirmed at steps 4, 5, & 6.
2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 12 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 13. Confirm/close the following valves: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green 2E11-F004D light illuminated:
2E11-F017B TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F004D 2E11-F016B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F024B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F027B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F028B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B 2E11-F010 FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010
- 14. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.
- 15. Start RHR pump 2D. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is running, red light illuminated.
- 16. Open/throttle open valve At panel 2H11-P601, the FULL 2E11-F024B. FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down.
- 17. Close 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 13 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 18. Stop RHR pump At panel 2H11-P601, RHR 2E11-C002D. PUMP, 2E11-C002D is STOPPED, green light illuminated.
NOTE: GO to PROMPT after Step 35 to complete the JPM.
- 19. Confirm Stopped RHR Loop B At panel 2H11-P601, RHR pumps. PUMP, 2E11-C002B and D) are stopped, green light illuminated.
- 20. Confirm/close the following valves: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green 2E11-F004D light illuminated:
2E11-F017B TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F004D 2E11-F016B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F024B 2E11-F017(B) 2E11-F027B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F028B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B 2E11-F010 FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010 NOTE: 2E11-F010 is normally closed and de-energized. If the operator indicates that this is the condition of 2E11-F010, that portion of Step 2 is acceptable.
PROMPT: IF the operator requests the SO to verify the valve position, INFORM the operator the valve is closed.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 14 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
IF the operator wants the valve energized, the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-2 RFE11135, E11-F010 Breaker Rackout, to IN.
- 21. Reset valve isolations. GR ISOL RESET Switch has been momentarily placed in GR 2/5 RESET at the following panels:
Panel 2H11-P601 Panel 2H11-P602 NOTE: If the Group II isolation signal is not reset, then the 2E11-F008 and 2E11-F009 valves will NOT open.
- 24. Confirm open: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are OPEN, red 2E11-F003B light illuminated:
2E11-F047B HX OUTLET VLV, 2E11-F003B HX INLET VLV, 2E11-F047B
- 25. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.
NOTE: Although it will not be necessary for the operator to override the LOCA signal or the 2/3 Core Height Interlock after RPV flooding, it is acceptable for the operator to override these logics.
- 26. Place the Keylock Control Switch for At panel 2H11-P601, the Keylock 2E11-F028B to open. Control Switch for TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B, is OPEN.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 15 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 27. By placing jumpers, open Torus Spray Operator has CALLED the Shift Or Test Vlv, 2E11-F028B. Support Supervisor to INSTALL jumper NN77-NN78 at panel 2H11-P601C.
NOTE: The operator must successfully complete Steps 8 and 9 to open the valve.
NOTE: If Steps 8 and 9 were successful, have the Simulator operator TOGGLE RB-1 RFE11282, 2E11-F028A/B Intk With F006A/C, to ORIDE to open F028B.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses the jumpers to allow opening of 2E11-F028B, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that they are installed.
- 28. Confirm open 2E11-F028B. At panel 2H11-P601, the operator has verified TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 2E11-F028B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
THE ALTERNATE PATH WILL START HERE NOTE: The first 2E11-C002B or D switch selected is failed.
Event Triggers EGE11-24 OR EGE11-25 will remove the other 2E11-C002B or D switch failure.
- 29. Start RHR pump 2D. At panel 2H11-P601, Recognizes the RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is NOT running, green light illuminated.
NOTE: The operator may inform the Shift Supervisor of the pump failure at this time or may continue with placing the other RHR pump in service and then notify the Shift Supervisor. (EITHER is acceptable)
- 30. May confirm Open the following: These valves were previously 2E11-F008, SDC Suction Valve confirmed at steps 22, 23, & 24.
2E11-F009, SDC Suction Valve 2E11-F003B, HX Outlet 2E11-F047B, HX Inlet
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 16 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 31. Confirm/close the following valves: At panel 2H11-P601, the following valves are closed, green 2E11-F004B light illuminated:
2E11-F017B TORUS SUCTION VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F004B 2E11-F016B RHR OUTBD INJ VLV, 2E11-F024B 2E11-F017B 2E11-F027B RHRSW VLV, 2E11-F075B 2E11-F028B CNMT SPRAY OUTBD VLV, 2E11-F016B 2E11-F010 FULL FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B TORUS SPRAY VLV, 2E11-F027B TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, TORUS SPRAY OR TEST VLV, 1E11-F028B RHR CROSSTIE VLV, 2E11-F010
- 32. Open valve 2E11-F006D. At panel 2H11-P601, SHUTDOWN COOLING VLV, 2E11-F006D is OPEN, red light illuminated.
- 33. Start RHR pump 2B. At panel 2H11-P601, RHR PUMP, 2E11-C002D is running, red light illuminated.
- 33. Open/throttle open valve At panel 2H11-P601, the FULL 2E11-F024B. FLOW TEST LINE VLV, 2E11-F024B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
PROMPT: AT this time, as Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that the Maximum Core Uncovery Time Limit has been reached and to secure pump down.
- 34. Close 2E11-F024B. At panel 2H11-P601, FULL FLOW TEST VLV, 2E11-F024B is CLOSED, green light illuminated.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 2 2015-301 Page 17 of 17 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 35. Stop RHR pump At panel 2H11-P601, RHR 2E11-C002B. PUMP, 2E11-C002B is STOPPED, green light illuminated.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses removing the jumpers to close the 2E11-F028B valve, as the Shift Support Supervisor, INFORM the operator that you will have some one else remove the jumpers and close the valve.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration to the standby lineup, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is not desired at this time.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 11 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 3 (ALL)
Title ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 3 2015-301 20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 11 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 07/05/96 Initial development RAB SMC 01 03/05/99 Revised due to new simulator computer. SCB DHG 02 02/07/00 Format modification RAB DHG 03 11/02/00 Include objective number, TLB comment, changed RAB DHG required oil temperature for Step 33 04 01/03/02 Procedure changes RLS DHG 05 03/11/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 06 03/08/05 Changed RO to NPO, added statement ensuring the ELJ RAB procedure is the current version, changed procedure designations from -2S to -2, changed setup from IC 106 to IC 108.
07 06/13/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 8.1 10/11/09 Revised for use on 2009-302 Exam FNF CME 8.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to CR-Sim 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question.
Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-17.15-8.3 after NRC Exam.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 11 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 4 of 11 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: ROLL THE MAIN TURBINE FROM 0 TO 1800 RPM JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 3 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Main Turbine has been rolled from 800 to 1800 rpm per 34SO-N30-001-2.
TASK NUMBER: 017.015 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 017.015.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
NPO 2.25 SRO 2.83 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 245000A4.06 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
NPO 2.7 SRO 2.6 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 2 34GO-OPS-001-2 (current version) 34SO-N30-001-2 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 34SO-N30-001-2 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 20.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 5 of 11 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
- 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #108 and place in RUN.
- 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
OR # DESCRIPTION FINAL KEY loN34-C003G1 MOTOR SUCT PMP ON 1 loN34-C003R2 MOTOR SUCT PMP OFF 1 loN34-C005G1 TURN GEAR OIL PMP ON 1 loN34-C005R2 TURN GEAR OIL PMP OFF 1
- 3. INSERT the following MALFUNCTION:
MALF # DESCRIPTION FINAL RAMP DELAY KEY mfN34_140 Main Turbine Quill Shaft Oil Pump Fail 9999 2 mfN34_153 Loss of Turbine Bearing Oil Pres (Var) 100 10,000 9999 2
- 4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:
(NOTE: Use Windows Notepad to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the ET INFORMATION and SCN INFORMATION into the appropriate files.
Copy the 4 files into the simulators Hatch/Instr/ET directory).
SCN/ET ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION NAME EGN34-01.scn ;TG Oil Pump to RUN Deletes MF and DMF mfN34_153; EGN34-01.et OR DOR loN34-C005G1; diN34-C005.aivToPanel=2 DOR loN34-C005R2; EGN34-02.scn ;Motor Suction Pump to RUN Deletes DMF mfN34_153; EGN34-02.et MF and OR DOR loN34-C003G1; diN34-C003.aivToPanel=2 DOR loN34-C003R2;
- 5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGN34-01 and EGN34-02.
- 6. INCREASE Turbine Oil setpoint to 115 deg F.
- 7. START Motor Suction Pump.
NOTE: The Turbine will trip at 1300 RPM if the Motor Suction Pump is NOT running.
- 8. SELECT a Turbine Speed of 800 RPM, Acceleration FAST.
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 11
- 9. AFTER Turbine is at 800 RPM select Acceleration MED.
- 10. SELECT the EX2100 screen and place Regulator Control in Auto.
- 11. SELECT the Control Speed screen (the normal Turbine Speed/Acceleration Screen).
- 12. WITH the Turbine at 800 RPM, PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
- 13. Markup 34SO-N30-001-2 up to, but not including, step 7.1.5.41. Ensure proper marking techniques are used for completed steps.
- 14. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 Minutes
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. A plant startup is in progress.
- 2. The Turbine Vibration Trip Bypass switch is in NORMAL
- 3. The Main Turbine is rolling at 800 RPM to increase lube oil temperatures.
- 4. Lube Oil temperatures have increased sufficiently.
- 5. 34SO-N30-001-2, Main Turbine Operations, is complete up to Step 7.1.5.40
- 6. It is not desired to perform any checks of the turbine at 800 rpm or 1500 rpm.
INITIATING CUES:
Increase the Main Turbine speed to 1800 RPM and continue turbine startup IAW 34SO-N30-001-2, starting at Step 7.1.5.43
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 8 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
NOTE: All manipulations are performed at 2H11-P650 unless otherwise indicated.
- 1. Operator obtains the procedure needed Operator has obtained to perform the task 34SO-N30-001-2 and refers to section 7.1.5.40 and then to 7.1.5.43.
PROMPT: IF the operator asks about selection of an acceleration rate, THEN inform him to select MED.
- Rated (1800)**
- 3. Once 900 rpm is reached STOP the Operator, at 900 rpm, stops the Shaft Lift Pumps. Shaft Lift Pumps by placing the control switch in OFF PULL TO LOCK.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 9 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
PROMPT: it is desired to maintain the regulator in MANUAL and prevent autostart of the EX 2100 ,
THEN inform him to select MED.
- 4. SELECT **Manual** for Regulator Operator selects **Manual** for Control on the EX2100 screen. Regulator Control on the EX2100 screen.
- 5. At 1000 rpm, select Acceleration Operator, at 1000 RPM, selects RPM/min Fast (180) Speed Control, Acceleration RPM/min Fast (180)
- 6. At 1200 rpm, SELECT Speed Control, Operator leaves Speed Control, Acceleration rpm/min desired rate: Acceleration RPM/min selected Med (90) OR Fast (180). to Fast (180).
PROMPT: IF Operator inquires as to desired acceleration rate at 1200 rpm, THEN inform the operator that FAST (180) is the correct rate.
- 7. OBSERVE Turbine Speed increase Operator observes Turbine Speed and levels at approximately 1800 rpm increase and stabilize at approximately 1800 rpm on the DEHC screen.
- 8. CONFIRM annunciator 650-150, Operator confirms annunciator TURB SUPV TRIP BYPASS TURB 650-150, TURB SUPV TRIP VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear. BYPASS TURB VIB TRIP BYPASS, is clear.
NOTE: May receive TURB SHAFT PUMP DISCH PRESS LOW, 651-104, alarm as the Main Turbine increases speed. It is acceptable AFTER the operator reviews the ARP to continue with the Main Turbine startup, if asked.
- 9. CONFIRM Main Shaft Pump Operator confirms Main Shaft Discharge pressure is between 210 Pump Discharge pressure is and 250 PSIG between 210 and 250 PSIG on the
- Monitor** **lube oil**
screen.
- 10. Stop 2N34-C003, Motor Suction Operator stops 2N34-C003, Pump Motor Suction Pump by placing its control switch to OFF.
- 11. PLACE 2N34-C003 in the AUTO Operator places control switch for START position 2N34-C003 in the AUTO START position
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 12. STOP 2N34-C005, Turbine Turning Operator stops 2N34-C005, Gear Oil Pump Turbine Turning Gear Oil Pump by placing its control switch to OFF.
- 13. PLACE 2N34-C005 in the AUTO Operator places control switch for START position. 2N34-C005 in the AUTO START position.
- 14. CONFIRM 2N39-C001, Turbine Operator confirms the control Turning Gear Motor control switch, is switch for 2N39-C001, Turbine in the AUTO PULL position. Turning Gear Motor control switch, is in the AUTO PULL position.
- 15. PLACE the Shaft Lift Pumps control Operator places the Shaft Lift switch in the AUTO START Position. Pumps control switch in the AUTO START Position.
- 16. CONFIRM 2P41-R610, Main Turbine Operator confirms on 2P41-R610, Lube Oil Temp, is between 110°F and that Main Turbine Lube Oil Temp 120°F is between 110°F and 120°F.
THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE:
Simulator Instructor NOTE:
FIRST: Ensure oil pumps have been manually turned off by the operator, INCLUDING the lift pumps being OFF and Placed in AUTO, then ACTIVATE overrides (RB 1)/Event Triggers for the lube oil pumps are already activated.
SECOND: ACTIVATE Quill Shaft Failure malfunction (RB 2)
- 17. Respond to Quill Shaft Failure Operator refers to annunciator annunciator. procedure 650-152 for Quill Shaft Failure.
- 18. Confirm Turbine 200 psig oil pressure Operator observes that Turbine is below 60 psig. 200 psig oil pressure is below 60 psig as indicated by 2N34-R601C.
- 19. Start TGOP. Operator starts the TGOP by placing its control switch to RUN.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 3 2015-301 Page 11 of 11 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
NOTE: The TGOP is required for lift pump operation. IAW 34SO-N30-001-2 precaution 5.2.8, No more than two shaft lift pumps may be OFF WHEN turbine speed is < 900 RPM.
- 20. Start MSP. Operator starts the MSP by placing its control switch to RUN
- 21. If Turbine Trips, enter 34SO-N30- Operator refers to 34SO-N30-001-2. 001-2.
PROMPT: WHEN operator refers to 34SO-N30-001-2, THEN inform the operator that another operator will carry out the actions for a Turbine Trip.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator has started lube oil pumps and has entered 34SO-N30-001-2 for a Turbine Trip.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 9 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 4 (ALL)
Title PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 4 2015-301 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 9 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 01 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to CR-Sim 4 and deleted Fundamental Review Question.
Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-05.15-01 after NRC Exam.
2
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 9 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors 3
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 4 of 9 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: PLACE HPCI IN PRESSURE CONTROL MODE JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 4 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task will be met when HPCI has been placed in pressure control mode.
TASK NUMBER: 005.015 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 005.015.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.8 SRO 3.8 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 206000A4.06 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.3 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 2 31EO-EOP-107-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 31EO-EOP-107-2 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 5 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
- 1. RESET the Simulator to a 100% IC or SNAP 614 and leave in FREEZE.
- 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:
MALF # TITLE FINAL RAMP ACT.
VALUE RATE TIME NONE
- 3. INSERT the following SIMULATOR VALUE OVERRIDES (SVO):
SVO # DESCRIPTION FINAL RAMP ACT.
VALUE RATE TIME NONE
- 4. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS NONE
- 5. INSERT the following ORS OVERRIDES:
TAG # P/L DESCRIPTION STATUS ACT.
TIME RFE41_153 HPCI TORUS SUCTION BYPASS OVRD 0000
- 6. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. From 100% power insert a manual scram.
B. Perform RC-1 and RC-2.
C. Allow the plant to stabilize with turbine bypass valves controlling reactor pressure and RFPTs controlling water level.
D. Ensure HPCI is in standby with NO initiation signal present.
E. RESET Scram.
- 7. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
- 8. PLACE DANGER TAGS on the following equipment:
MPL # COMPONENT TAGGED POSITION NONE
- 9. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 15 5
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. The unit has been scrammed to allow work on an EHC system leak
- 2. RFPTs are controlling reactor water level.
- 3. The HPCI High Torus Level Suction Swap has been over-ridden per 31EO-EOP-100-2.
INITIATING CUES:
Place HPCI in Pressure Control Mode per 31EO-EOP-107-2, ALTERNATE RPV PRESSURE CONTROL and control reactor pressure between 500 and 800 psig.
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 7 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
1, Reset the HPCI initiation signal, IF Confirm a HPCI initiation signal the HPCI initiation cannot be reset, does not exist by verifying the THEN do NOT perform this section. HPCI auto initiation light is not illuminated On 2H11-P601.
- 2. IF HPCI system isolation has occurred Confirm a HPCI isolation does and the isolation signal has cleared, not exist by verifying the HPCI THEN take HPCI Auto Isolation isolation alarms are not Signal A (B) switches to RESET. illuminated and that 2E41-F002 and 2E41-F003 are open, red OR lights illuminated On 2H11-P601 IF HPCI system isolation has occurred and CANNOT be reset, DO NOT continue with this subsection.
- 3. To maintian HPCI suction source Student is informed in the aligned to the CST, override the HPCI turnover that this function has high torus level suction swap per been overridden.
31EO-EOP-100-2, section 3.5.
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 8 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 4. Confirm OPEN/ Verify the red light is illuminated for the following valves; 2E41-F029, Steam Line Drain 2E41-F029, panel 2H11-P601 2E41-F003, Outbd Steam Isol 2E41-F003, panel 2H11-P601 2E41-F028, Steam Line Drain 2E41-F028, panel 2H11-P602.
- 5. Confirm OPEN 2E41-F002, Inboard On 2H11-P601, verify 2E41-F002 Steam Isolation Valve. is open, red light illuminated.
- 7. START HPCI Vacuum Pump. On 2H11-P601, the operator places the switch for the HPCI vacuum pump to start.
- 8. Confirm CLOSED 2E41-F006, Pump On 2H11-P601, the operator Discharge Valve. verifies 2E41-F006 is closed, green light illuminated.
NOTE: If the Aux Oil Pump is not started until after the 2E41-F001 is full open the following annunciators will be received:
- 601-103, HPCI TURBINE TRIP.
CR-SIM 4 2015-301 Page 9 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
Reactor pressure is being controlled between 500 psig and 800 psig.
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 5 (ALL)
Title INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 5 2015-301 12.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 12 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 01 08/01/90 General revision and format change JEM DHG 02 05/24/91 General/procedure revision JLA DHG 03 08/18/92 General revision and format change WMM SCB 04 06/23/93 Task change, rename, procedure change, word processor change RAB RSG 05 12/02/93 Change initiating cue to a command, change valve naming to RAB SMC match the plant 06 06/17/96 Format change, modify time allowance RAB RSG 07 02/04/00 Format modification, title change, change time allowance based RAB DHG on running average 08 11/02/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 09 01/03/02 Change Unit 2 control pressure to 56 psig. RLS DHG 10 03/07/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 11 03/01/05 Update procedure numbers and operator applicability TFP DHG 12 06/02/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 13 04/07/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 14 09/21/09 Added HU steps, changed to add and identify critical steps to CLN/ADY ALD match procedure.
14.1 08/02/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Changed prompt for MMG ALS Unit 1 to pressure is 54 psig and decreasing which would require additional venting. Changed prompt for Unit 2 to pressure is 56 psig and decreasing which would require additional venting.
14.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Sim 5, removed Unit 1 section and deleted Fundamental Review Question. ALL will be added ARB back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam.
2
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 12 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors 14.1 MMG 3
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: INITIATE EMERGENCY TORUS VENTING USING THE EMERGENCY VENT PATH JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 5 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: This task shall be completed when the Torus is lined up to vent via the Emergency Vent per 31EO-EOP-101.
TASK NUMBER: 013.053 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 013.053.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.14 SRO 4.50 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 223001A207 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.20 SRO 4.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-T48-002-1 34SO-T48-002-2 31EO-EOP-101-1 31EO-EOP-101-2 31EO-EOP-012-1 31EO-EOP-012-2 REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 31EO-EOP-101-1 31EO-EOP-101-2 (current version) (current version)
Designated jumpers(2) in EOP Designated jumpers(2) in EOP jumper book jumper book Screwdriver or nutdriver Screwdriver or nutdriver APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 12.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 5 of 12 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
- 2. INSERT the following Event Triggers:
ET # Description EGT48-2 Modifies & increases Containment pressures when CAD B started and inserts EGT48-3 EGT48-3 Modifies & decreases Containment pressures when F082 is opened
- 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
Activator TAG # S/M/L DESCRIPTION Final Ramp Delay Value Rate ST-0 aoB21-R623AP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys A - Rx Press 15 100 ST-0 aoB21-R623BP2 M Post-Accident Mon Sys B - Rx Press 15 100 ST-0 aoT48-R601AP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R601BP1 M DW Press (Wide Range) 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R607AP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100 ST-0 aoT48-R607BP2 M DW Press (Normal) 5 100 ST-0 aoT48-R608P1 M DW Press Abnormal 58 100 ST-0 aoT48-R608P2 M Torus Press Abnormal 56 100 ST-0 aoT48-R609P1 M DW Press Abnormal 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R609P2 M Torus Press Abnormal 49 100 ST-0 aoT48-R631A M DW Press 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R631B M DW Press 51 100 ST-0 aoT48-R632A M Torus Press 49 100 ST-0 aoT48-R632B M Torus Press 49 100
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 6 of 12
- 3. INSERT the following REMOTE FUNCTIONS:
REM # DESCRIPTION STATUS rfT48_278 T48- F307, F308, F309, F324, F318, F319, F320, & F326 ORIDE
- 4. INSERT the following Malfunctions:
Activator MALF # TITLE FINAL RAMP DELAY VALUE RATE ST-0 mfB21_123A MSL A Break (before restrictor) 0.15 1000 0000
- 5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. Perform RC-1, 2, & 3 B. Start SBGT System 2A with suction from the Reactor Building.
C. Allow the Simulator to run until the plant is in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve.
D. When in the UNSAFE Region of the DSIL Curve, close the MSIVs and open the ADS valves.
E. Maintain RWL around 0 inches with Condensate.
F. TURN OFF THE SPDS SCREENS.
G. Acknowledge/Reset annunciators.
- 6. RUN SCENARIO FILE and EVENT TRIGGER (current rev) 2015-301-615
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Unit 2 Torus pressure is above the Pressure Suppression Pressure.
- 2. 31EO-EOP-012-2 (PC) is in progress.
- 3. Standby Gas Treatment is in operation, taking suction from the Reactor Building and Refueling Floor.
- 4. Normal AC Power has just been restored.
- 5. Torus Venting with CAD is desired and Torus pressure is 48 psig and increasing slowly.
- 6. CAD Loop A is unavailable and can NOT be used.
INITIATING CUES:
Perform Torus venting with CAD Loop B using 31EO-EOP-101-2, Emergency Containment Venting, Step 3.1.
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
- 1. Operator identifies the materials that Operator identifies the required are required. materials and where to obtain them.
High Drywell Press, 2T48-F332B High Drywell Press, 2T48-F333B
Low RPV Level, 2T48-F332B Low RPV Level, 2T48-F333B
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 9 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48-F332B Rx Bldg High Radn, 2T48-F333B
Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F332B Refuel Flr High Radn, 2T48-F333B
- 6. Open Torus 2 Vent valve, At panel 2H11-P654: TORUS 2T48-F332B. VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48-F332B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
- 7. Open Torus 2 Vent valve, At panel 2H11-P654: TORUS 2T48-F333B. VENT ISOL VLV, 2T48-F333B is OPEN, red light illuminated.
- 8. Using Torus Flow Controller, At panel 2H11-P654, the operator 2T48-R616B, Open Torus Vent Flow Operates 2T48-R616B, Torus Control Valve, 2T48-F337B. Vent Flow Cntl Vlv 2T48-F337B, as required to maintain Suppression Chamber pressure below 56 psig.
- 9. Monitor Torus Pressure indication At panel 2H11-P657 (P654),
Torus pressure is being monitored by the operator.
THE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE:
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 57 psig and slowly increasing.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 10. Operator evaluates the need to Operator transitions to step 3.2 to transition to step 3.2 to use the Torus use the Torus emergency vent emergency vent path. path PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that another operator is monitoring the NPSH curves for RHR and Core Spray.
PROMPT: IF addressed by the operator, INFORM the operator that normal AC power and Non-interruptible air are available.
- 13. Place 2T46-D001A, SBGT A Fan to At panel 2H11-P657, the operator OFF and verify that 2T46-F002A, PLACES 2T46-D001A, SBGT A SBGT A Filter Discharge closes. FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002A, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated.
- 14. Place 2T46-D001B, SBGT B Fan to At panel 2H11-P654, the operator OFF and verify that 2T46-F002B, PLACES 2T46-D001B, SBGT B SBGT B Filter Discharge closes. FAN/FILTER to OFF, green light illuminated and VERIFIES that 2T46-F002B, FLTR DISCH CLOSES, green light illuminated.
NOTE: Jumpers were inserted at the beginning of the JPM setup.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator addresses installing jumpers for valves 2T48-F326 &
2T48-F318, INDICATE for the operator that the jumpers are installed.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 15. Install jumper from UU-45 to UU-61 Operator has CALLED the Shift in panel 2H11-P601D for valve Support Supervisor to INSTALL 2T48-F326. jumper from UU-45 to UU-61at Panel 2H11-P601D, for valve 2T48-F326.
- 16. Install jumper from AA-70 to AA-73 Operator has CALLED the Shift in panel 2H11-P602A for valve Support Supervisor to INSTALL 2T48-F318. jumper from AA-70 to AA-73, at Panel 2H11-P602A, for valve 2T48-F318.
- 19. Close or confirm closed Torus At panel 2H11-P654, the operator Emergency Vent Path Drain Valve, VERIFIES that 2T48-F085, 2T48-F085. SUPP CHMBR EMERG VENT Path DRN VLV, is CLOSED.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses Torus pressure, INDICATE for the operator that Torus pressure is 50 psig and decreasing.
PROMPT: IF the operator addresses System Restoration, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that it is NOT desired at this time.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 5 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 9 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 6 (ALL)
Title POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 6 2015-301 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 9 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 06/01/07 Initial development DHG BKW 01 6/26/07 Modify The Malfunction Numbers DHG RAB 02 10/23/08 Removed critical step requirement from step to lower voltage to ADY RSG 57 Hz; Clarified action required to complete critical task to match procedure step.
02.1 10/09/09 Modified to use for 2009-302 FNF CME 2.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Sim 5 and deleted Fundamental Review Question.
Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-28.06A-2.2 after NRC Exam.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 9 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 4 of 9 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: POWER A DEENERGIZED BUS FROM A DIESEL GENERATOR, ALTERNATE PATH JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 6 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Operator has powered the 4160 VAC Emergency Bus 2E successfully from the 2A Emergency Diesel per 34AB-R43-001-2.
TASK NUMBER: 028.006 AND 028.023 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 028.006.C PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.14 SRO 3.30 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 262001A2.07 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 4.2 SRO 4.3 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 2 34AR-652-102-2 34SO-R43-001-2 34AB-R43-001-2 (current versions)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 2 34AB-R43-001-2 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: REFER TO SIMULATOR SETUP SHEET ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE
CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 5 of 9 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
- 1. RESET the Simulator to 100% Power and leave in FREEZE.
- 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:
MALF # TITLE FINAL KEY DELAY VALUE TIME mfR22_182 4KV Bus 2E Fault 1 99999 mfR43_62A DIESEL GEN FAILURE TO Auto START 2A 0000 mfR43_239A DG A Output Brk One Shot Fail to Auto Tie
- 2. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
MALF # TITLE FINAL KEY ACT.
VALUE TIME loR43-S251 Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW OFF (note: this is the System Operative Light)
- 3. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:
(NOTE: Use Windows Notepad to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the ET INFORMATION and SCN INFORMATION into the appropriate files.
Copy the 2 files into the simulators Hatch/Instr/ET directory).
SCN/ET ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION NAME EGR43-01.scn ;DIESEL 2A SHUTDOWN RELAY DOR loR43-S251; EGR43-01.et ACTIVATES SYS OP LIGHT diR43-S57.aivToPanel=1
- 4. ACTIVATE event triggers EGR43-01.
- 5. Take the Simulator OUT OF FREEZE and PERFORM the following MANIPULATIONS:
A. Activate malfunction mfR22_182 with Key 1.
B. Hold the A EDG speed switch to slower for approximately 5 seconds.
C. Remove malfunction mfR22_182.
- 4. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
- 5. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 10 Minutes
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. The 4160 VAC 2E Bus is de-energized.
- 2. The 2A Emergency Diesel Generator has failed to start.
- 3. Normal AC power is available to all other electrical distribution switchgear.
- 4. 34AR-652-102, LOSS OF OFFSITE POWER, is in progress.
- 5. Conditions are met to energize 4160 VAC 2E Bus.
INITIATING CUES:
Start the 2A Emergency Diesel Generator and Energize the 2E 4160 VAC Bus, per 34AB-R43-001-2.
CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 7 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
NOTE: The JPM uses the steps from 34AB-R43-001-2, PLACARD, manual Startup and Tying of Emergency diesel generator. The student may select to use the procedure steps from the body of the procedure which is allowable.
NOTE: All actions are performed on panel 2H11-P652.
- 1. Confirms EDG 2A is NOT running. The operator verifies CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative light is illuminated and the Red Diesel Start light is extinguished.
- 2. Verify the Auto Start System The operator determines the Auto Operative Light is lit. Start System Operative Light is NOT lit.
- 3. Depress the Diesel Shutdown Relay The operator depresses the Diesel pushbutton Shutdown Relay pushbutton.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 8 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
NOTE: When the Diesel Shutdown Relay pushbutton is depressed, the Diesel 2A Mode Sel SW WHITE light will illuminate after 110 seconds has passed.
NOTE: This begins the ALTERNATE PATH portion of this JPM.
- 5. Verify the EDG has started. The operator verifies the CLEAR Diesel Auto Start Sys Operative light extinguishes and the Red Diesel Start light illuminates.
- 6. Verify the E 4160 VAC bus is The operator observes voltage on energized. the E 4160 VAC bus equals 0 VAC and answers procedure step with NO.
- 7. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed At panel 2H11-P652, the Diesel Adjust, lower frequency to 57 Hz. Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to LOWER until frequency is 57 Hz (+ or - 1 hz).
- 8. Using Diesel Gen 2A(C) Speed At panel 2H11-P652, the Diesel Adjust, raise frequency to 60 Hz. Gen 2A SPEED ADJUST switch has been taken to RAISE until frequency is 60 Hz (+ or - 1 hz).
(Critical action is EDG output breaker closing)
- 9. Verify the E bus is energized. The operator observes voltage on the E 4160 VAC bus equals 4160 VAC and answers procedure step with Yes.
PROMPT: IF the opeator used the placard for energizing 2E Bus, when the operator goes to get to 34AB-R43-001-2, INFORM the operator that another operator will verify actions IAW 34AB-R43-001-2.
END TIME:__________
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 6 2015-301 Page 9 of 9 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
4160 Bus 2E is energized with frequency at 59 - 61 Hz.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 7 (ALL)
Title LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 7 2015-301 20.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 12 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 05/18/09 Initial development FNF CME 0.1 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used ARB on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Sim 7 and deleted Fundamental Review Question.
Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-13.53-14.3 after NRC Exam.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 12 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 () UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: LOSS OF AIR ACTIONS FOR RX BLDG VENTILATION JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 7 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator has completed 34AB-P51-001-2 Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air .
TASK NUMBER: H-OPR0200.025 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.025.C from SG50273 PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.93 SRO 3.61 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 295019AK2.08 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 2.8 SRO 2.9 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: RO GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 & 2 34AB-P51-001-2 Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 & 2 34AB-P51-001-2 Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System completed through step 4.13.
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 20 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: See the next sheet.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 5 of 12 SIMULATOR SETUP Simulator Initial Conditions:
- 1. RESET the Simulator to IC #113 and place in RUN.
- 2. INSERT the following MALFUNCTIONS:
MALF # TITLE FINAL RAMP ACT.
VALUE RATE TIME mfP51_222A Service Air Compressor 2A Trip mfP51_222B Service Air Compressor 2B Trip mfP51_222C Service Air Compressor 2C Trip mfP52_191 Instrument Air Leakage mfC71_59 Spurious Reactor Scram
- 3. INSERT the following OVERRIDES:
OVERIDE # TITLE FINAL VALUE diT46-D001A-1 SBGTS A Fan/Filter AUTO diT46-D001B-1 SBGTS B Fan/Filter AUTO diP52-F565 Rx Bldg Inst. N2 to Noninter. Ser. Vlv. CLOSED
- 4. Create the following EVENT TRIGGERS with the following information:
(NOTE: Use Windows Notepad to create blank *.scn and *.et files with the indicated names below. Copy the ET INFORMATION and SCN INFORMATION into the appropriate files.
Copy the 4 files into the simulators Hatch/Instr/ET directory).
SCN/ET ET INFORMATION SCN INFORMATION NAME EGT46-11.scn ;SBGT A in RUN doesn't work, B DOR diT46-D001B-1; EGT46-11.et works CET EGT46-12; diT46-D001A-1.iivPanel=3 EGT46-12.scn ;SBGT B in RUN doesnt work, A DOR diT46-D001A-1; EGT46-12.et works CET EGT46-11; diT46-D001B-1.iivPanel=3
- 5. ACTIVATE event triggers EGT46-11 and EGT46-12.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 6 of 12
- 6. Place Rx Mode Switch to Shutdown.
- 7. Place RCIC in service, injecting into the vessel, with level slowly rising (this is to prevent the auto start of SBGT).
- 8. Allow the simulator to run until the SBGT air operated valves (F001/2/3) fail open (~4 minutes)
- 9. Mark up 34AB-P51-001-2 up to, but not including, step 4.14.
- 10. PLACE the Simulator in FREEZE until the INITIATING CUE is given.
- 11. ESTIMATED Simulator SETUP TIME: 10 Minutes
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Unit 2 has lost all Service Air Compressors and they can not be restarted.
- 2. Electrical Maintenance and I&C are checking all air system electrical circuits.
- 3. The reactor has been scrammed and 34AB-C71-001-2, Scram Procedure is being carried out.
- 4. 34AB-P51-001-2 Loss Of Instrument And Service Air System Or Water Intrusion Into The Service Air System has been partially completed.
INITIATING CUES:
Complete procedure 34AB-P51-001-2 starting at step 4.14.
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
PROMPT: Provide the operator with 34AB-P51-001-2 completed up to section 4.13.
START TIME:__________
- 1. The operator starts at the correct step. Operator refers to 34AB-P51-001-2 and starts at step 4.14.
- 2. Determine if Control Air header On panel 2H11-P650, Control Air Pressure is below 45 PSIG AND NOT Pressure, 2P52-R600, the increasing. operator observes pressure is less then 45 psig and not increasing.
NOTES:
- If the operator attempts to first start the A SBGT, complete steps 3-9 and skip steps 10-16
- If the operator attempts to first start the B SBGT, complete steps 10-16 and skip steps 3-9.
- All A controls are located on 2H11-P657.
- All B controls are located on 2H22-P654.
- SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position.
- 3. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Refuel Flr. switch for 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.
AND/OR Open 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx The operator places the keylock Bldg. switch for 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.
NOTE: The operator should note that SBGT A does not start and continue with SBGT B start.
- 5. OPEN 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Refuel Flr. switch for 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.
AND/OR The operator places the keylock Open 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx switch for 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet Bldg. from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.
- 7. CONFIRM 2T46-F002B OPENS. The operator observes 2T46-F002B red light ILLUMINATED.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 9 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 9. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to The operator observes SBGT 1500-4000 SCFM. flow between 1500-4000 scfm on 2U41-R600.
NOTES:
- If the operator attempts to first start the A SBGT, complete steps 3-9 and skip steps 10-16
- If the operator attempts to first start the B SBGT, complete steps 10-16 and skip steps 3-9.
- All A controls are located on 2H11-P657.
- All B controls are located on 2H22-P654.
- SBGT air operated valves F001/2/3 fail in the OPEN position.
- 10. OPEN 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Refuel Flr. switch for 2T46-F003B, Fltr Inlet from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.
AND/OR Open 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx The operator places the keylock Bldg. switch for 2T46-F001B, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.
NOTE: The operator should note that SBGT B does not start and continue with SBGT A start.
- 12. OPEN 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Refuel Flr. switch for 2T46-F003A, Fltr Inlet AND/OR from Refuel Flr, to OPEN.
Open 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from The operator places the keylock Rx Bldg. switch for 2T46-F001A, Fltr Inlet from Rx Bldg, to OPEN.
- 14. CONFIRM 2T46-F002A OPENS. The operator observes 2T46-F002A red light LLUMINATED.
- 15. CONFIRM SBGT A HTR Red Light The operator observes SBGT A ILLUMINATES HTR Red Light ILLUMINATED.
- 16. CONFIRM SBGT Flow increases to The operator observes SBGT 1500-4000 SCFM. flow between 1500-4000 scfm on 2T41-R618.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
NOTE: The operator may NOT check the next step until after all are other steps of this JPM are complete.
- 17. Checks the Rx bldg and RF Floor On panel 2H11-P700 the operator Diff pressures are negative. checks the RF Floor to Outside Air dp and the Rx Bldg to Outside Air dp on recorders 2T46-R604A and 2T46-R604B.
The dp will be approximately (negative) -0.25 inches.
NOTE: For the fans listed below, if a fan is NOT running and does NOT auto start, then the step is NOT critical. The step is to be marked SAT if, after the operator is done, the fan is NOT running (green light illuminated).
- 18. TRIP 2U41-C001A, Turb Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P654 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2U41-C001A, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 19. TRIP 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P654 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2U41-C001B, Turb Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 20. TRIP 2U41-C002A, Turb Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P654 the operator Exhaust Fan places control switch for 2U41-C002A, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 21. TRIP 2U41-C002B, Turb Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P654 the operator Exhaust Fan places control switch for 2U41-C002B, Turb Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 22. TRIP 2T41-C001A, Rx Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2T41-C001A, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 23. TRIP 2T41-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 24. TRIP 2T41-C007A, Rx Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Exhaust Fan places control switch for 2T41-C001B, Rx Bldg Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 25. TRIP 2T41-C007B, Rx Bldg Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Exhaust Fan places control switch for 2T41-C007B, Rx Bldg Vent Exhaust Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 28. TRIP 2T41-C002A, Refuel Flr Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2T41-C002A, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 29. TRIP 2T41-C002B, Refuel Flr Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Supply Fan places control switch for 2T41-C002B, Refuel Flr Vent Supply Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 7 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 30. TRIP 2T41-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Exh Fan places control switch for 2T41-C005A, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 31. TRIP 2T41-C005B, Refuel Flr Vent On panel 2H11-P657 the operator Exh Fan places control switch for 2T41-C005B, Refuel Flr Vent Exh Fan, to the OFF position, green light illuminated.
- 32. Confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21-F014, The operator sends an SO to Condensate Demineralizer Bypass confirm OPEN/OPEN 2N21-Valve. F014, Condensate Demineralizer Bypass Valve, at panel 2N21-P001.
PROMPT: WHEN the operator sends an SO to confirm the valve is open, INFORM the operator that another operator will complete the remainder of 34AB-P51-001-2.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator is prompted that another operator will complete 34AB-P51-001-2.
Operator states the task is complete.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 8 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT CR-SIM 8 (RO ONLY)
Title PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball CR-SIM 8 2015-301 15.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 8 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial Development based on needs indicated from the PRA analysis. SCB DHG 01 03/20/00 Format modification, change time allowance based on running RAB DHG average, update K/As, correct typos 02 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 03 03/19/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 06/25/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 05 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 06 05/19/07 Correct Step 10 to start instead of stop. DHG RAB 07 10/14/08 Added 1Z41-B003C to fans secured in step 3 to match procedure. JWP RAB 07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. MMG ALS Added Fundamental question to new Attachment 1.
7.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to CR-Sim 8 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be ARB added back to become new LR-JP-25026-7.3 after NRC Exam.
2
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 8 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG 3
CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 4 of 8 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 ( )
TASK TITLE: PLACE THE CONTROL ROOM HVAC SYSTEM IN THE PURGE MODE JPM NUMBER: CR-SIM 8 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Control Room Ventilation System has been placed in the Purge Mode per 34SO-Z41-001-1.
TASK NUMBER: 037.010 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 037.010.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.00 SRO 2.63 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 290003G2.1.30 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.90 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version) 34AR-603-214-2 (current version) 34AR-603-215-2 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 34SO-Z41-001-1 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 15.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 have both been scrammed due to a loss of Plant Service Water.
- 2. The Main Control Room Ventilation System has been operating in a Normal Ventilation configuration for several days.
- 3. No cooling water is available for the Main Control Room Air Handling Units.
- 4. 34AB-T41-001-1, Loss of Area Ventilation, is in progress.
INITIATING CUES:
Purge the Unit 1 Main Control Room with the Main Control Room Ventilation System per 34SO-Z41-001-1, Step 7.1.4.
CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 6 of 8 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:_________
- 1. Operator identifies the procedure Operator has obtained the correct needed to perform the task. procedure, 34SO-Z41-001-1.
- 2. Operator reviews the procedures Operator has REVIEWED the precautions and limitations. precautions and limitations.
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks the status of Main Control Room Ventilation, per the initial conditions, INFORM the Operator that it is operating in the normal configuration.
- 3. Confirm STOPPED or STOP the On 1H11-P654, CONFIRM following HVAC units: 1Z41-B00A, B, and C control 1Z41-B003B switch in STOP (OFF), GREEN 1Z41-B003A light illuminated.
And 1Z41-B003C NOTE: The 1Z41-B003C should remain running when purging Unit 1. If the Operator stops it, flow will still exist, if the exhaust fan is started. It is not critical to have 1Z41-B003C running; but, if it is secured the Operator will have committed a procedure violation.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 7 of 8 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 4. Confirm CLOSED the following On 1H11-P657, CONFIRM dampers: 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41-F030A, 1Z41-F009A green light illuminated.
1Z41-F030A NOTE: 1Z41-F009A & 1Z41-F030A will close when AHU 1Z41-B003A is stopped.
- 5. Close the following dampers: On 1H11-P654, PLACE control 1Z41-F028A switch for 1Z41-F028A &
1Z41-F028B 1Z41-F028B in CLOSE, green light illuminated.
NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves.
- 6. Close the following dampers: On 1H11-P654, PLACE control 1Z41-F010A switch for 1Z41-F010A &
1Z41-F010B 1Z41-F010B in CLOSE, green light illuminated.
NOTE: It is only critical to close ONE of the two valves.
- 7. Open Roll Filter Bypass, 1Z41-F015. At MCR Door C70, ROLL FILTER BYPASS, 1Z41-F015 control switch is in OPEN, red light illuminated.
- 8. Confirm Open Outside Air Intake At panel 1H11-P657, FILTER Damper, 1Z41-F016. INLET control switch, 1Z41-F016, is in OPEN position, red light illuminated.
- 9. Open inlet control vane, 1Z41-F017A. Have SSS send a SO to the 180 elevation of the Control Building to OPEN inlet control damper 1Z41-F017A.
PROMPT: WHEN asked to send someone to open 1Z41-F017A, INFORM the Operator that 1Z41-F017A is open.
(** Indicates critical step)
CR-SIM 8 2015-301 Page 8 of 8 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 10. Start Exhaust Fan, 1Z41-C011A and At panel 1H11-P657, PLACE the confirm suction damper 1Z41-F018A control switch for 1Z41-C011A in opens. START, red light illuminated and confirm 1Z41-F018A opens, red light illuminated.
NOTE: It is only critical to start exhaust fan 1Z41-C011A because damper 1Z41-F018A automatically opens when the fan is started.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 7 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 1 (ALL)
Title ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball Plant 1 2015-301 10.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 7 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING Plant 1 2015-301 Rev. Authors Date Reason for Revisions Sups Initials No. Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG 02 03/19/02 Include initial operator statement RAB RAB 03 06/16/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 04 05/05/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 05 08/05/10 Added HU tools. Added procedure number to Initiating Cue. ELJ CME Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added 05.1 10/17/11 Fundamental question to new Attachment 1.
MMG ALS Reviewed JPM against current procedure, changed Media Number to Plant 1, and removed 5.2 Fundamental Question. Both will be added back ARB to become new LR-JP-20024-5.3 after NRC Exam restored after ILT-9 NRC Exam.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 7 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors 05.1 MMG
Plant 1 2015-301 Page 4 of 7 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 ( )
TASK TITLE: ACTUATE THE DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM CO2 SYSTEM JPM NUMBER: Plant 1 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task will be complete when the operator has actuated the Diesel Generator CO2 System per 34SO-X43-005-0.
TASK NUMBER: 200.024 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 200.024.A PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.15 SRO 3.90 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 286000A208 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.20 SRO 3.30 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 34SO-X43-005-0 (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 34SO-X43-005-0 (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 10.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. A fire is burning in the 1C D/G Room.
- 2. The 1C D/G Room CO 2 System did NOT automatically actuate.
INITIATING CUES:
Actuate the 1C D/G Room CO2 fire protection system per 34SO-X43-005-0, Diesel Generator Building Carbon Dioxide System.
Plant 1 2015-301 Page 6 of 7 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences. (AG-TRN-01-0685 Section 6.5.3 provides examples)
START TIME:__________
PROMPT: WHEN addressed, INFORM the operator the RED light is ILLUMINATED.
- 1. Depress and hold the START In the hallway outside the 1C pushbutton switch. Diesel Generator Room, the operator DEPRESSES and HOLDS the START pushbutton PROMPT: AFTER the pushbutton is depressed, INFORM the operator that the RED light remained ILLUMINATED and there was NO response.
- 2. PLACE the 1C Diesel Generator In the hallway outside the 1C Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve Diesel Generator Room, the in OPEN. operator OPENS the 1C Diesel Generator Room CARDOX Pilot Control Valve.
(** Indicates critical step)
Plant 1 2015-301 Page 7 of 7 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 3. PLACE the Master Pilot for the Diesel On the Diesel Generator Building Generator Building in OPEN. West Wall, the operator OPENS 1X43-P007, Master Pilot for Diesel Generator Bldg.
PROMPT: AFTER the system is actuated, INFORM the operator that another person will shut down the system after 1 minute.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 10 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 2 (ALL)
Title Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball Plant 2 2015-301 16.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 10 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING Plant 2 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 11/20/97 Initial development as a result of PRA vs training analysis. SCB RSG 01 02/11/98 Revised typographical errors. SCB DHG 02 01/20/99 Revised based on evaluator comments. SCB DHG Format modification, change time allowance based on running 03 03/20/00 average RAB DHG 04 11/03/00 Include objective number RAB DHG Incorporate ADY comment, correct Nitrogen pressure readings to 05 03/19/02 agree with procedural requirement, add step to review the RAB RAB procedure, include initial operator statement Changed procedure numbers and corrected step reference in 06 02/24/05 initial conditions section of page 2 and 5. TFP DHG 07 06/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 08 06/23/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB Added HU Pass/Fail criteria. Updated Southern Company logo.
09 09/29/10 Added an evaluator note to move to a low dose rate area after the ELJ CME operator identifies the components locations.
Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added Fundamental 09.1 10/17/11 question to new Attachment 1. MMG ALS Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to 09.2 Plant 2 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. ARB Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-25028-09.3 after NRC Exam.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 10 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Ver. No. List of Contributors 09.1 MMG
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 4 of 10 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: Align Emergency Nitrogen To Drywell Pneumatics JPM NUMBER: Plant 2 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be complete when the operator aligns the Emergency Nitrogen Bottles in the Reactor Building to the Drywell Pneumatic System.
TASK NUMBER: 042.005 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 042.005.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 2.86 SRO Not Available K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 223001A411 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.10 SRO 3.00 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Systems Operator (SO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 Unit 2 34AB-X43-001-1 34AB-X43-001-2 34SO-P70-001-1 34SO-P70-001-2 (current versions) (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-P70-001-1 34SO-P70-001-1 (current version) (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 16.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 1
- 2. Unit 1 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted
- 3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-1, Fire Procedure Attachment 1, step 8.4.7 INITIATING CUES:
Align Nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-1, Drywell Pneumatics System.
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 6 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.
Reference:
NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation START TIME:__________
- 1. Operator reviews the procedure. The Operator REVIEWS the procedure.
PROMPT: WHEN addressed by the operator, as the Shift Supervisor, INFORM the operator that 1P70-F004 and 1P70-F066 have been verified in the closed position on the 1H11-P700 panel.
NOTE: 1P70-A002A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle.
- 2. Open Emergency Nitrogen bottle On elev. 130RLR09, Nitrogen 1P70-A002A outlet valve Bottle outlet valve 1P70-F138A 1P70-F138A. handwheel is TURNED counter clockwise until it stops.
- 3. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on At 130RLR09, the operator 1P70-PCV-F140. CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig.
(** Indicates critical step)
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 7 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 6. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen At 130RLR09, the operator pressure on 1P70-PCV-F140. CONFIRMS 1P70-PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig.
PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. A fire has occurred on Unit 2.
2 Unit 2 has been scrammed and all rods are inserted.
- 3. The crew is addressing 34AB-X43-001-2, Fire procedure Attachment 1, step 8.3.7 INITIATING CUES:
Align nitrogen to SRVs from emergency temporary Nitrogen bottles per 34SO-P70-001-2, Drywell Pneumatics System.
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 9 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the JPM as a PASS For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the JPM as a FAIL Above standards not met (1) The standard for human performance tools, safety, PPE, and other pertinent expectations is considered met provided any deviations are minor and have little or no actual or potential consequence. Errors may be self-corrected provided the action would not have resulted in significant actual or potential consequences.
Reference:
NMP-TR-111, On-The-Job Training and Task Performance Evaluation Note to evaluator: Radiation dose rates are elevated in the vicinity of these Nitrogen bottles. Minimize time in this area. There is a posted low dose area close to this area that is in line-of-sight. After the component locations are identified by the operator, move to a low dose rate area to discuss performance of the procedural steps.
START TIME:__________
- 1. Operator reviews the procedure. The Operator REVIEWS the procedure.
PROMPT: IF the operator sends a SO to check 2P70-F021, INFORM the operator that the valve has been closed. 2P70-F021 is located approximately 10 feet behind the Drywell Air Receiver tank, against the wall opposite the Drywell, 5 feet above the floor.
(** Indicates critical step)
Plant 2 2015-301 Page 10 of 10 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
NOTE: 2P70-F138A is on top of the Nitrogen bottle.
- 4. Open Emergency Nitrogen bottle At 130RBR23, the operator TURNS 2P70-A002A outlet valve 2P70-F138A, Nitrogen Bottle outlet 2P70-F138A. valve handwheel, counter clockwise until it stops.
- 5. Confirm correct Nitrogen pressure on On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70-2P70-PCV-F140. PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig.
- 8. Confirm and monitor correct Nitrogen On elev. 130RBR23, confirms 2P70-pressure on 2P70-PCV-F140. PCV-140 indicates between 100-110 psig.
PROMPT: INFORM the operator that another operator will continuously monitor nitrogen pressure and replace bottles as necessary.
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
PROMPT: AFTER the task is completed, ASK the fundamental question in Attachment 1 (Can be asked any time prior to completing all JPMs).
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 1 of 12 Southern Nuclear Company Operations Training JPM DRAFT PLANT 3 (ALL)
Title TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE Author: Media Number: Time Anthony Ball Plant 3 2015-301 23.0 Minutes Line Technical Review By (N/A for minor revisions) Date:
Reviewed by Instructional Technologist or designee Date Approved By (Training Program Supervisor, Lead Instructor or Line Supervisor) Date
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 2 of 12 Course Number Program Name Media Number OPERATIONS TRAINING Plant 3 2015-301 Authors Sups Ver. No. Date Reason for Revisions Initials Initials 00 10/28/99 Initial development RAB DHG 01 04/24/00 Made Step 4 for both units non-critical, correct Operator title (SO) RAB DHG 02 11/02/00 Include objective number, change time allowance based on running RAB DHG average 03 03/11/02 Include initial Operator statement RAB RAB 04 03/08/05 Documentum revision DNM RAB 05 05/27/05 Revised Initial License statement for successful completion RAB RAB 06 04/18/06 Remove Response Cues RAB RAB 07 10/09/09 Added that 2R24-S018A (B) Alt Supply Bkr position can be GHC ALD determined in the CR or locally as stated in the procedure. Added HU steps.
07.1 10/17/11 Reviewed JPM against current procedure. Added pass / fail criteria. MMG ALS Added Fundamental question to Attachment 1. U-2 requires the following, Confirm 2R24-S048 Diesel Bldg MCC 2D is ENERGIZED via the 2S11-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 2F 4160 VAC Bus. (2H11-P652). I changed the wording to reflect this.
7.2 Reviewed JPM against current procedure to be used on ARB ILT-9 NRC Exam. Changed Media Number to Plant 3 and deleted Fundamental Review Question. Both will be added back to become new LR-JP-27.18-7.3 after NRC Exam.
2
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear NMP-TR-214-F01 Management Training Material Cover/Revision Sheet Version 2.1 Form Page 3 of 12 Line Contributors The following individuals contributed to the development of this lesson plan.
Rev. No. List of Contributors 07.1 MMG 3
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 4 of 12 UNIT 1 (X) UNIT 2 (X)
TASK TITLE: TRANSFER 600 VAC ESSENTIAL (LPCI BUS) FROM NORMAL TO ALTERNATE JPM NUMBER: Plant 3 2015-301 TASK STANDARD: The task shall be completed when the Operator has transferred a LPCI Bus (2R24-S018A/B) from its Normal to Alternate source per 34SO-R24-003-2.
TASK NUMBER: 027.018 OBJECTIVE NUMBER: 027.018.O PLANT HATCH JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.43 SRO 3.53 K/A CATALOG NUMBER: 262001A403 K/A CATALOG JTA IMPORTANCE RATING:
RO 3.20 SRO 3.40 OPERATOR APPLICABILITY: Nuclear Plant Operator (NPO)
GENERAL
REFERENCES:
Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-R24-003-1 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version) (current version)
REQUIRED MATERIALS: Unit 1 Unit 2 34SO-R24-003-1 34SO-R24-003-2 (current version) (current version)
APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 23.0 Minutes SIMULATOR SETUP: N/A
UNIT 1 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power.
- 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the 1A (1B) LPCI Bus, 1R24-S018A (B), must be replaced by maintenance.
- 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup.
INITIATING CUES:
Transfer 1R24-S018A (B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-1.
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 6 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the task as a PASS, sign, and For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR date record PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date Above standards not met Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg START TIME:__________
1 Operator identifies the materials that Operator identifies the required are required. materials and where to obtain them.
- 2. Operator reviews the procedures Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations. precautions and limitations.
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 1R24-S018A (S018B) has been de-energized, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized.
- 3 Open 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal The Operator CALLS the Control supply breaker is open. Room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 1H11-P601.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker is open.
4 Confirm OFF/Place to OFF In the 600V 1CD Transformer 1R26-M108 (M109) Disconnect Room, the Operator CONFIRMS switch. the 1R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
(** Indicates critical step)
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 7 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
6 Verify that 1R24-S048 is energized. At 1R22-S006, 1F 4160 VAC Bus (1H11-P652), the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 is ENERGIZED.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S048 has been verified to be energized.
7 Confirm the 1R24-S018A (S018B) At 1H11-P601 OR in the 1F Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED. Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 1R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 1R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED.
8 Confirm disconnect switch In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer 1R26-M108 is in the OFF position. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M108 Disconnect Switch is in the OFF position.
9 Confirm disconnect switch In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer 1R26-M109 is in the OFF position. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 1R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
10 Confirm 1R24-S048 is energized. In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 1R26-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 1R24-S048 Power Available light is ILLUMINATED.
- 11 Place 1R26-M107 transfer switch to In the 1CD 600VAC Transformer 1R24-S018A (S018B) position. Room, the Operator PLACES 1R26-M107 transfer switch to 1R24-S018A (S018B) position.
(** Indicates critical step)
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 8 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
14 Verify 1R24-S018A (S018B) is CONFIRM 1R24-S018A (S018B) energized. is energized by observing an ILLUMINATED position indication lights (red or green) for 1E11-F015A (F015B) AND/OR 1E11-F007A (F007B).
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)
UNIT 2 READ TO THE OPERATOR INITIAL CONDITIONS:
- 1. Unit 1 and Unit 2 are operating at 95% power.
- 2. The Normal Supply Breaker for the 2A(2B) LPCI Bus, 2R24-S018A(B), must be replaced by maintenance.
- 3. Electrical power distribution for both units is aligned in a normal full power lineup.
INITIATING CUES:
Transfer 2R24-S018A(B) from its Normal to its Alternate supply per 34SO-R24-003-2.
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 10 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
For INITIAL Operator Programs:
For OJT/OJE; ALL PROCEDURE STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
For License Examinations; ALL CRITICAL STEPS must be completed for Satisfactory Performance.
IF THEN Human performance tools, safety, PPE met (1), AND Mark the task as a PASS, sign, and For initial trg all steps completed correctly OR date record PASS For continuing trg, critical steps (if used) completed correctly FAIL Mark the task as a FAIL, sign, and date Above standards not met Notify the dept training coordinator for initial trg and applicable continuing trg START TIME:__________
- 1. Operator identifies the materials that Operator identifies the required are required. materials and where to obtain them.
- 2. Operator reviews the procedures Operator has reviewed the precautions and limitations. precautions and limitations.
PROMPT: IF the Operator asks if 2R24-S018A (S018B) has been de-energized, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) has NOT been de-energized.
- 3. Open 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal The Operator CALLS the Control supply breaker is open. room and REQUESTS that a Control Room Operator OPEN the 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker on 2H11-P601.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) normal supply breaker has been opened.
- 4. Confirm/Open 2R26-M108 (M109) In the 600V 2CD Transformer Disconnect switch. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 (M109) disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
(** Indicates critical step)
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 11 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 6. Verify that 2R24-S048 is energized. At 2R22-S006, 2F 4160 VAC Bus (2H11-P652) AND 2S11-S012 transformer (Diesel Bldg),
the Operator / SO CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 is energized.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator and SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S048 has been verified to be energized. (U-2 requires confirmation via 2S11-S012 transformer AND 2R22-S006 bus)
- 7. Confirm the 2R24-S018A (S018B) At 2H11-P601 or in the 2F Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED. Switchgear Room, the Operator CONFIRMS that 2R24-S018A(S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker is CLOSED.
PROMPT: AS the Control Room Operator or an SO, INFORM the Operator that 2R24-S018A (S018B) Alternate Supply Breaker has been verified CLOSED.
- 8. Confirm disconnect switch In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer 2R26-M108 is in the OFF position. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M108 Disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
- 9. Confirm disconnect switch In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer 2R26-M109 is in the OFF position. Room, the Operator CONFIRMS the 2R26-M109 disconnect switch is in the OFF position.
- 10. Confirm 2R24-S048 is energized. In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer Room, at the 2R26-M107 transfer switch, the Operator CONFIRMS 2R24-S048 Power Available light is ILLUMINATED.
- 11. Place 2R26-M107 transfer switch to In the 2CD 600VAC Transformer 2R24-S018A (S018B) position. Room, the Operator PLACES 2R26-M107 transfer switch to 2R24-S018A (S018B).
(** Indicates critical step)
Plant 3 2015-301 Page 12 of 12 STEP PERFORMANCE STEP STANDARD SAT/UNSAT
- (COMMENTS)
- 12. Secure the 2R26-M107 transfer The Operator SECURES switch. 2R26-M107 transfer switch in the to 2R24-S018A (S018B) position.
- 14. Verify 2R24-S018A (S018B) is CONFIRM 2R24-S018A (S018B) energized. is energized by OBSERVING illuminated position indication lights (red or green) for 2E11-F015A (F015B) AND/OR 2E11-F007A (F007B).
END TIME:__________
NOTE: The terminating cue shall be given to the Operator when:
With NO reasonable progress, the Operator exceeds double the allotted time.
Operator states the task is complete.
TERMINATING CUE: We will stop here.
(** Indicates critical step)